TWI829830B - Photosensitive coloring composition, hardened material, coloring spacer, and image display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive coloring composition, hardened material, coloring spacer, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI829830B
TWI829830B TW108145974A TW108145974A TWI829830B TW I829830 B TWI829830 B TW I829830B TW 108145974 A TW108145974 A TW 108145974A TW 108145974 A TW108145974 A TW 108145974A TW I829830 B TWI829830 B TW I829830B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
mass
ring
preferred
less
Prior art date
Application number
TW108145974A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202035467A (en
Inventor
中谷和裕
小川善秀
Original Assignee
日商三菱化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商三菱化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商三菱化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202035467A publication Critical patent/TW202035467A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI829830B publication Critical patent/TWI829830B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1339Gaskets; Spacers; Sealing of cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/029Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種可形成表面粗糙度及機械特性優異之著色間隔物之感光性著色組合物。本發明之感光性著色組合物係含有(a)著色劑、(b)鹼可溶性樹脂、(c)光聚合起始劑、及(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物者,並且上述(a)著色劑之含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中為2~20質量%,上述(a)著色劑包含紫色顏料,且上述(a)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為50質量%以上。The present invention provides a photosensitive coloring composition capable of forming a colored spacer having excellent surface roughness and mechanical properties. The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains (a) a coloring agent, (b) an alkali-soluble resin, (c) a photopolymerization initiator, and (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and the above-mentioned (a) coloring agent The content ratio of the above-mentioned (a) colorant contains a purple pigment in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is 2 to 20% by mass, and the content ratio of the above-mentioned purple pigment in the above-mentioned (a) colorant is 50% by mass. %above.

Description

感光性著色組合物、硬化物、著色間隔物、及圖像顯示裝置Photosensitive coloring composition, hardened material, coloring spacer, and image display device

本發明係關於一種感光性著色組合物等。詳細而言,本發明係關於一種例如於液晶顯示器等之彩色濾光片中可較佳地用於形成著色間隔物等之感光性著色組合物、使該感光性著色組合物硬化而獲得之硬化物及著色間隔物、具備該著色間隔物之圖像顯示裝置。 將2018年12月18日向日本專利廳提出申請之日本專利特願2018-236121之說明書、申請專利範圍、圖式及摘要之全部內容、以及本說明書中所引用之文獻等中所揭示之內容之一部分或全部引用至本文中,作為本說明書之揭示內容而編入。The present invention relates to a photosensitive coloring composition and the like. Specifically, the present invention relates to a photosensitive coloring composition that can be preferably used to form colored spacers and the like in color filters of liquid crystal displays and the like, and a cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive coloring composition. Objects and colored spacers, and image display devices provided with the colored spacers. The contents disclosed in the specification, patent scope, drawings and abstract of Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-236121 filed with the Japan Patent Office on December 18, 2018, as well as the documents cited in this specification. Part or all of them are cited in this article and incorporated as the disclosure content of this specification.

液晶顯示器(LCD)係藉由向液晶施加之電壓之接通、斷開而液晶分子之排列方法發生轉換的性質。構成液晶面板之各構件多數為藉由以光微影法為代表之利用感光性組合物之方法而形成者。作為一例,可例舉為了將液晶面板中之2塊基板之間隔保持為一定所使用者、所謂間隔物。Liquid crystal displays (LCDs) have the property of switching the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules by turning on and off the voltage applied to the liquid crystal. Most of the components constituting the liquid crystal panel are formed by a method using a photosensitive composition represented by photolithography. As an example, a so-called spacer is used to maintain a constant distance between two substrates in a liquid crystal panel.

先前,於將透明間隔物用於TFT(Thin Film Transistor,薄膜電晶體)型LCD中之情形時,存在因透過間隔物之光而使作為開關元件之TFT發生誤動作之情形。為了防止該情況,例如於專利文獻1中記載有使用具有遮光性之間隔物(著色間隔物)之方法。又,於專利文獻2中提出於確保遮光性與液晶之電壓保持率後,為了獲得可控制形狀或階差,且與基板之密接性優異之著色間隔物,而使用包含特定之組合之顏料之著色感光性組合物。Previously, when a transparent spacer was used in a TFT (Thin Film Transistor, thin film transistor) LCD, there was a case where the TFT, which was a switching element, malfunctioned due to light transmitted through the spacer. In order to prevent this, for example, Patent Document 1 describes a method of using a light-shielding spacer (colored spacer). Furthermore, in Patent Document 2, it is proposed to use a pigment containing a specific combination in order to obtain a colored spacer that can control the shape or step difference and has excellent adhesion to the substrate after ensuring light-shielding properties and voltage retention of the liquid crystal. Colored photosensitive composition.

又,於製造液晶面板時,經過於高溫高壓下將2塊基板間壓接之步驟,故而對間隔物要求不會因該壓接時之高溫高壓條件而變形,維持間隔物功能。即,需要用於即便因外部壓力發生變形,亦於去除外部壓力之情形時恢復至原本之形狀之回覆率或彈性回覆率等機械特性。例如於專利文獻3中記載有藉由使用特定之光聚合起始劑,可提高高膜厚下之機械特性,又,於專利文獻4中記載有藉由使用含特定之不飽和基之化合物,可提高機械特性。In addition, when manufacturing a liquid crystal panel, there is a step of press-bonding two substrates under high temperature and high pressure. Therefore, it is required that the spacer will not be deformed due to the high temperature and high pressure conditions during the press bonding and maintain the function of the spacer. That is, mechanical characteristics such as recovery rate or elastic recovery rate that allow the material to return to its original shape when the external pressure is removed are required even if it is deformed due to external pressure. For example, Patent Document 3 describes that the mechanical properties at high film thickness can be improved by using a specific photopolymerization initiator, and Patent Document 4 describes that by using a compound containing a specific unsaturated group, Can improve mechanical properties.

另一方面,於專利文獻5中記載有藉由使用包含紫色著色劑及/或棕色著色劑、及特定之藍著色劑之著色組合物,由著色劑所引起之液晶層之污染減少。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]On the other hand, Patent Document 5 describes that contamination of the liquid crystal layer caused by the colorant is reduced by using a coloring composition containing a purple colorant and/or a brown colorant, and a specific blue colorant. [Prior technical literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開平8-234212號公報 [專利文獻2]國際公開第2013/115268號 [專利文獻3]日本專利特開2015-38607號公報 [專利文獻4]日本專利特開2005-165294號公報 [專利文獻5]日本專利特開2018-9132號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-234212 [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2013/115268 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-38607 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-165294 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-9132

[發明所欲解決之問題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

為了抑制液晶顯示器之顯示不良,需要著色間隔物之表面粗糙度較低,平滑性優異。 本發明者等人進行研究,結果得知,專利文獻2或5中所記載之感光性著色組合物不易獲得同時實現表面粗糙度與機械特性之著色間隔物。In order to suppress display defects of a liquid crystal display, it is necessary for the colored spacer to have low surface roughness and excellent smoothness. The present inventors conducted research and found out that it is difficult to obtain a colored spacer that achieves both surface roughness and mechanical properties from the photosensitive coloring composition described in Patent Document 2 or 5.

於專利文獻3及4中並無與著色間隔物相關之記載,於間隔物中含有著色劑時之影響尚不明確。There is no description about colored spacers in Patent Documents 3 and 4, and the impact of containing a coloring agent in the spacer is not yet clear.

本發明係鑒於上述情況而成者,其目的在於提供一種可形成表面粗糙度及機械特性優異之著色間隔物之感光性著色組合物。 [解決問題之技術手段]The present invention was made in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a photosensitive coloring composition capable of forming a colored spacer having excellent surface roughness and mechanical properties. [Technical means to solve problems]

本發明者等人為了解決上述課題進行了努力研究,結果發現,將全部固形物成分中之著色劑之含有比率設為特定之範圍內,又,使用特定之顏料作為著色劑,並將其含有比率設為特定範圍,藉此可解決上述課題,從而完成本發明。 即,本發明具有以下之[1]至[9]之構成。The inventors of the present invention conducted diligent research in order to solve the above-mentioned problems, and as a result, they found that the content ratio of the colorant in the total solid content should be within a specific range, and a specific pigment should be used as the colorant, and the content ratio of the colorant in the total solid content should be within a specific range. By setting the ratio within a specific range, the above-mentioned problems can be solved, and the present invention has been completed. That is, the present invention has the following structures [1] to [9].

[1]一種感光性著色組合物,其特徵在於:其係含有(a)著色劑、(b)鹼可溶性樹脂、(c)光聚合起始劑、及(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物者,並且 上述(a)著色劑之含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中為2~20質量%, 上述(a)著色劑包含紫色顏料,且 上述(a)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為50質量%以上。 [2]如[1]中所記載之感光性著色組合物,其中上述紫色顏料包含選自由C.I.顏料紫29及C.I.顏料紫23所組成之群中之至少1種。 [3]如[1]或[2]中所記載之感光性著色組合物,其中上述(a)著色劑進而包含橙色顏料。 [4]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之感光性著色組合物,其中上述(b)鹼可溶性樹脂相對於上述(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物100質量份之含有比率為150質量份以下。 [5]如[1]至[4]中任一項所記載之感光性著色組合物,其中上述(c)光聚合起始劑含有六芳基聯咪唑化合物。 [6]如[1]至[5]中任一項所記載之感光性著色組合物,其係形成著色間隔物用。[1] A photosensitive coloring composition characterized by containing (a) a colorant, (b) an alkali-soluble resin, (c) a photopolymerization initiator, and (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and The content ratio of the colorant (a) mentioned above is 2 to 20% by mass in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition, The colorant (a) above contains a purple pigment, and The content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant (a) is 50% by mass or more. [2] The photosensitive coloring composition according to [1], wherein the purple pigment contains at least one selected from the group consisting of C.I. Pigment Violet 29 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23. [3] The photosensitive coloring composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the coloring agent (a) further contains an orange pigment. [4] The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the content ratio of the above-mentioned (b) alkali-soluble resin relative to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned (d) ethylenically unsaturated compound is: 150 parts by mass or less. [5] The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the photopolymerization initiator (c) contains a hexaarylbimidazole compound. [6] The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [1] to [5], which is used to form a colored spacer.

[7]一種硬化物,其係使如[1]至[6]中任一項所記載之感光性著色組合物硬化而獲得。 [8]一種著色間隔物,其係由如[7]中所記載之硬化物所構成。 [9]一種圖像顯示裝置,其具備如[8]中所記載之著色間隔物。 [發明之效果][7] A cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [1] to [6]. [8] A colored spacer composed of the hardened material described in [7]. [9] An image display device provided with the colored spacer as described in [8]. [Effects of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種可形成表面粗糙度及機械特性優異之著色間隔物之感光性著色組合物、硬化物、由其所構成之著色間隔物、進而具備此種著色間隔物之圖像顯示裝置。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive coloring composition capable of forming a color spacer having excellent surface roughness and mechanical properties, a cured product, a color spacer composed of the same, and an image display including such a color spacer. device.

以下,具體地說明本發明之實施形態,但本發明並不限定於以下之實施形態,可於其主旨之範圍內進行各種變更而實施。 再者,於本發明中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指「丙烯酸及/或甲基丙烯酸」,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」、「(甲基)丙烯醯基」亦同樣。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments and can be implemented with various modifications within the scope of the spirit. In addition, in the present invention, "(meth)acrylic acid" means "acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid", and the same applies to "(meth)acrylate" and "(meth)acrylyl".

所謂「(共)聚合物」係指包含均聚物(homopolymer)與共聚物(copolymer)之兩者,所謂「酸(酸酐)」、「…酸(酐)」係指包含酸與其酸酐之兩者。又,於本發明中,所謂「丙烯酸系樹脂」係指包含(甲基)丙烯酸之(共)聚合物、包含具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之(共)聚合物。The so-called "(co)polymer" refers to both homopolymer (homopolymer) and copolymer (copolymer), and the so-called "acid (anhydride)" and "...acid (anhydride)" refer to both acid and its anhydride. By. Moreover, in the present invention, "acrylic resin" means a (co)polymer containing (meth)acrylic acid and a (co)polymer containing (meth)acrylic acid ester having a carboxyl group.

又,於本發明中,所謂「單體」係與所謂高分子物質(聚合物)相對之用語,係除狹義之單體(單體)之外,亦包含二聚物、三聚物、低聚物等之含義。 於本發明中,所謂「全部固形物成分」係指感光性著色組合物中或下述油墨中所含之溶劑以外之全部成分。 於本發明中,所謂「重量平均分子量」係指利用GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)。 又,於本發明中,所謂「胺值」,只要無特別說明,則表示有效固形物成分換算之胺值,係以分散劑之固形物成分每1 g之鹼量與當量之KOH之質量所表示的值。再者,關於測定方法,於下文中加以說明。另一方面,所謂「酸值」,只要未特別說明,則表示有效固形物成分換算之酸值,係藉由中和滴定算出。In addition, in the present invention, the so-called "monomer" is a term relative to the so-called high molecular substance (polymer), and in addition to the monomer (monomer) in the narrow sense, it also includes dimers, trimers, and low-polymers. The meaning of polymer etc. In the present invention, "total solid content" refers to all components other than the solvent contained in the photosensitive coloring composition or the ink described below. In the present invention, the "weight average molecular weight" refers to the weight average molecular weight (Mw) converted to polystyrene using GPC (gel permeation chromatography). In addition, in the present invention, the so-called "amine value", unless otherwise specified, means the amine value converted from the effective solid content, which is the mass of the alkali per 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant and the equivalent mass of KOH. the value represented. In addition, the measurement method will be described below. On the other hand, the so-called "acid value" means the acid value in terms of effective solid content unless otherwise specified, and is calculated by neutralization titration.

又,於本說明書中,「質量」所表示之百分率或份與「重量」所表示之百分率或份含義相同。 又,於本說明書中,存在以顏料編號表示顏料之具體例之情形,「C.I.顏料紅2」等用語係指色指數(C.I.)。In addition, in this specification, the percentage or part expressed by "mass" has the same meaning as the percentage or part expressed by "weight". In addition, in this specification, specific examples of pigments may be expressed by pigment numbers, and terms such as "C.I. Pigment Red 2" refer to color index (C.I.).

[感光性著色組合物] 本發明之感光性著色組合物含有如下成分作為必需成分: (a)著色劑 (b)鹼可溶性樹脂 (c)光聚合起始劑 (d)乙烯性不飽和化合物, 視需要進而包含矽烷偶合劑等密接提昇劑、界面活性劑(塗佈性提昇劑)、顏料衍生物、光酸產生劑、交聯劑、巰基化合物、聚合抑制劑、顯影改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑等其他調配成分者,通常,各調配成分係於溶解或分散於溶劑中之狀態下使用。[Photosensitive coloring composition] The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains the following components as essential components: (a)Coloring agent (b)Alkali-soluble resin (c) Photopolymerization initiator (d) Ethylenically unsaturated compounds, If necessary, it further contains adhesion enhancers such as silane coupling agents, surfactants (coatability enhancers), pigment derivatives, photoacid generators, cross-linking agents, sulfhydryl compounds, polymerization inhibitors, development improvers, and ultraviolet absorbers. For other formulation ingredients such as antioxidants and antioxidants, each formulation ingredient is usually used in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent.

<(a)著色劑> 本發明之感光性著色組合物含有(a)著色劑。藉由含有(a)著色劑,可獲得適度之光吸收性,尤其於用於形成著色間隔物等遮光構件之用途之情形時,可獲得適度之遮光性。 又,於本發明之感光性著色組合物中,(a)著色劑之含有比率於全部固形物成分中為2~20質量%。藉由如此含有特定量之(a)著色劑,可於所獲得之硬化物、尤其是著色間隔物中,同時實現遮光性與較高之機械特性。<(a) Colorant> The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains (a) colorant. By containing (a) the colorant, moderate light absorbing properties can be obtained, and in particular, when used to form a light-shielding member such as a colored spacer, moderate light-shielding properties can be obtained. Moreover, in the photosensitive coloring composition of this invention, the content ratio of (a) coloring agent is 2-20 mass % in total solid content. By containing the colorant (a) in a specific amount in this manner, the obtained cured product, especially the colored spacer, can achieve both light-shielding properties and high mechanical properties.

(a)著色劑之含有比率只要於全部固形物成分中為2~20質量%,則並無特別限定,就遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為3質量%以上,更佳為4質量%以上,進而較佳為5質量%以上。另一方面,就機械特性之觀點而言,較佳為18質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下,進而較佳為12質量%以下,更進而較佳為10質量%以下,尤佳為8質量%以下。例如,較佳為3~18質量%,更佳為3~15質量%,進而較佳為4~12質量%,更進而較佳為4~10質量%,尤佳為5~8質量%。(a) The content ratio of the colorant is not particularly limited as long as it is 2 to 20% by mass in the total solid content. From the viewpoint of light-shielding properties, it is preferably 3% by mass or more, and more preferably 4% by mass. or more, and more preferably 5 mass% or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of mechanical properties, it is preferably 18 mass% or less, more preferably 15 mass% or less, further preferably 12 mass% or less, still more preferably 10 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 8% by mass or less. For example, 3 to 18 mass % is preferred, 3 to 15 mass % is more preferred, 4 to 12 mass % is still more preferred, 4 to 10 mass % is still more preferred, and 5 to 8 mass % is particularly preferred.

(a)作為著色劑,可使用顏料,亦可使用染料。該等之中,就耐久性之觀點而言,較佳為使用顏料。(a) As the coloring agent, pigments or dyes may be used. Among them, from the viewpoint of durability, the use of pigments is preferred.

於本發明之感光性著色組合物中,(a)著色劑包含紫色顏料,且(a)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為50質量%以上。認為,藉由在(a)著色劑中包含紫色顏料50質量%以上,塗膜中之顏料之分散變得均勻,藉此顯影時之向顯影液中之溶解性變得均勻,表面粗糙度變得良好。又,由於紫色顏料於吸收光譜中波長於500~600 nm附近具有吸收波峰之極大吸收波長,故而就藉由包含紫色顏料,容易提高光學密度(OD)之方面而言亦較有效。另一方面,由於波長未達400 nm之吸收較少,故而與(c)光聚合起始劑之吸收波長之重疊較少,就光硬化性、感度之觀點而言亦較有效。又,由於波長450 nm之吸收較少,故而就對於自液晶顯示器之背光源強烈地照射之藍光的耐光性之觀點而言亦較有效。In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, (a) the coloring agent contains a purple pigment, and the content ratio of the purple pigment in the (a) coloring agent is 50 mass % or more. It is considered that by including 50% by mass or more of the purple pigment in the colorant (a), the dispersion of the pigment in the coating film becomes uniform, so that the solubility in the developer during development becomes uniform, and the surface roughness becomes uniform. Get good. In addition, since the purple pigment has a maximum absorption wavelength with an absorption peak near 500 to 600 nm in the absorption spectrum, it is also effective in that the optical density (OD) can be easily increased by including the purple pigment. On the other hand, since there is less absorption at wavelengths less than 400 nm, there is less overlap with the absorption wavelength of (c) the photopolymerization initiator, and it is also more effective from the viewpoint of photohardenability and sensitivity. In addition, since there is less absorption at the wavelength of 450 nm, it is also more effective from the viewpoint of light resistance against blue light strongly irradiated from the backlight of the liquid crystal display.

作為紫色顏料,可例舉:C.I.顏料紫1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50。其中,就遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為可例舉C.I.顏料紫19、23、29,更佳為可例舉C.I.顏料紫23、29。另一方面,就分散性或耐光性之觀點而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料紫29。Examples of purple pigments include: C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 1:1, 2, 2:2, 3, 3:1, 3:3, 5, 5:1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25 ,27,29,31,32,37,39,42,44,47,49,50. Among them, from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties, C.I. Pigment Violet 19, 23, and 29 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and 29 are more preferred. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of dispersibility or light resistance, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Violet 29.

若(a)著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率為50質量%以上,則並無特別限定,就提高表面粗糙度之觀點而言,較佳為55質量%以上,更佳為58質量%以上,進而較佳為60質量%以上,更進而較佳為62質量%以上,尤佳為65質量%以上。另一方面,就利用紫色顏料以外之著色劑之光學特性使吸收波段變寬之觀點而言,較佳為90質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以下,進而較佳為75質量%以下。例如,較佳為50~90質量%,更佳為55~90質量%,進而較佳為58~80質量%,更進而較佳為60~80質量%,尤佳為62~75質量%,尤佳為65~75質量%。If the content ratio of the purple pigment in (a) the colorant is 50 mass% or more, it is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving surface roughness, it is preferably 55 mass% or more, and more preferably 58 mass% or more. , more preferably 60 mass% or more, still more preferably 62 mass% or more, particularly preferably 65 mass% or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of broadening the absorption band by utilizing the optical properties of colorants other than purple pigments, the content is preferably 90 mass% or less, more preferably 80 mass% or less, and still more preferably 75 mass% or less. For example, 50 to 90 mass % is preferred, 55 to 90 mass % is more preferred, 58 to 80 mass % is still more preferred, 60 to 80 mass % is still more preferred, and 62 to 75 mass % is particularly preferred. Particularly preferred is 65 to 75% by mass.

(a)著色劑中之C.I.顏料紫29之含有比率並無特別限定,就提高表面粗糙度及耐光性之觀點而言,較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為55質量%以上,進而較佳為60質量%以上,更進而較佳為62質量%以上,尤佳為65質量%以上。另一方面,就利用C.I.顏料紫29以外之著色劑之光學特性,使吸收波段變寬之觀點而言,較佳為90質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以下,進而較佳為75質量%以下。例如,較佳為50~90質量%,更佳為55~90質量%,進而較佳為58~80質量%,更進而較佳為60~80質量%,尤佳為62~75質量%,尤佳為65~75質量%。(a) The content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 29 in the colorant is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving surface roughness and light resistance, it is preferably 50 mass% or more, more preferably 55 mass% or more, and further preferably Preferably, it is 60 mass % or more, More preferably, it is 62 mass % or more, Most preferably, it is 65 mass % or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of broadening the absorption band by utilizing the optical properties of colorants other than C.I. Pigment Violet 29, 90 mass % or less is preferred, 80 mass % or less is more preferred, and 75 mass % or less is still more preferred. %the following. For example, 50 to 90 mass % is preferred, 55 to 90 mass % is more preferred, 58 to 80 mass % is still more preferred, 60 to 80 mass % is still more preferred, and 62 to 75 mass % is particularly preferred. Particularly preferred is 65 to 75% by mass.

(a)著色劑可包含紫色顏料以外之著色劑(以下,簡稱為「其他著色劑」)。作為其他著色劑,可例舉顏料或染料,就耐熱性之觀點而言,較佳為顏料,就色調、光硬化性、感度之觀點而言,較佳為有機顏料。(a) The coloring agent may include coloring agents other than purple pigments (hereinafter referred to as "other coloring agents"). Examples of other colorants include pigments and dyes. Pigments are preferred from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and organic pigments are preferred from the viewpoints of hue, photocurability, and sensitivity.

作為顏料,可例舉:黃色顏料、橙色顏料、紅色顏料、藍色顏料、綠色顏料、棕色顏料等有機著色顏料。 作為黃色顏料,可例舉:C.I.顏料黃1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75、81、83、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208。其中,就分散性、可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為C.I.顏料黃83、117、129、138、139、150、154、155、180、185,進而較佳為C.I.顏料黃138、139、150,就遮光性之觀點而言,尤佳為C.I.顏料黃139。Examples of pigments include organic colored pigments such as yellow pigments, orange pigments, red pigments, blue pigments, green pigments, and brown pigments. Examples of yellow pigments include: C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35 ,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,41,42,43,48,53,55,61,62,62:1,63,65,73,74,75,81 ,83,87,93,94,95,97,100,101,104,105,108,109,110,111,116,117,119,120,126,127,127: 1,128,129,133 ,134,136,138,139,142,147,148,150,151,153,154,155,157,158,159,160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169 , 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191: 1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198 ,199,200,202,203,204,205,206,207,208. Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersion and reliability, C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 154, 155, 180, and 185 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Yellow 138, 139, 150. From the perspective of light-shielding properties, C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 is particularly preferred.

作為橙色顏料(Orange pigment),可例舉:C.I.顏料橙1、2、5、13、16、17、19、20、21、22、23、24、34、36、38、39、43、46、48、49、61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、74、75、77、78、79。其中,就分散性或遮光性之方面而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料橙13、43、64、72,於利用紫外線使感光性著色組合物硬化之情形時,作為橙色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸產率較低者,就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料橙64、72,尤佳為C.I.顏料橙64。Examples of orange pigments include: C.I. Pigment Orange 1, 2, 5, 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 38, 39, 43, 46 , 48, 49, 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79. Among them, C.I. Pigment Orange 13, 43, 64, and 72 are preferably used in terms of dispersibility or light-shielding properties. When the photosensitive coloring composition is cured by ultraviolet rays, as an orange pigment, C.I. Pigment Orange 13, 43, 64, and 72 are preferably used. From this point of view, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Orange 64 or 72, especially C.I. Pigment Orange 64, which has a low ultraviolet absorption rate.

作為紅色顏料,可例舉:C.I.顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、41、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、52:2、53、53:1、53:2、53:3、57、57:1、57:2、58:4、60、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、101、101:1、104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、151、166、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、216、220、221、224、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276。其中,就遮光性、分散性之觀點而言,較佳為可例舉:C.I.顏料紅48:1、122、149、168、177、179、194、202、206、207、209、224、242、254,進而較佳為可例舉:C.I.顏料紅177、209、224、254。再者,就分散性或遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料紅177、254、272,於利用紫外線使感光性著色組合物硬化之情形時,作為紅色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸產率較低者,就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料紅254、272。Examples of red pigments include: C.I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37 ,38,41,47,48,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,50:1,52:1,52:2,53,53 :1, 53:2, 53:3, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:4, 60, 63, 63:1, 63:2, 64, 64:1, 68, 69, 81, 81 : 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 83, 88, 90: 1, 101, 101: 1, 104, 108, 108: 1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144 ,146,147,149,151,166,168,169,170,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,181,184,185,187,188,190,193,194,200 ,202,206,207,208,209,210,214,216,220,221,224,230,231,232,233,235,236,237,238,239,242,243,245,247,249 ,250,251,253,254,255,256,257,258,259,260,262,263,264,265,266,267,268,269,270,271,272,273,274,275,276 . Among them, from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties and dispersion properties, preferred examples include: C.I. Pigment Red 48:1, 122, 149, 168, 177, 179, 194, 202, 206, 207, 209, 224, 242 , 254, and more preferably include: C.I. Pigment Red 177, 209, 224, 254. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of dispersibility or light-shielding properties, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, and 272. When the photosensitive coloring composition is cured by ultraviolet rays, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays as the red pigment. From this point of view, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Red 254 or 272 when the production absorption rate is low.

作為藍色顏料,可例舉:C.I.顏料藍1、1:2、9、14、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78、79。其中,就遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為可例舉:C.I.顏料藍15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、60,進而較佳為可例舉C.I.顏料藍15:6、16。 再者,就分散性或遮光性之方面而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料藍15:6、16、60,於利用紫外線使感光性著色組合物硬化之情形時,作為藍色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸產率較低者,就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料藍60。另一方面,如韓國登錄專利第10-1840984號公報中所記載般,就可靠性、遮光性、彈性回覆率之觀點而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料藍16。Examples of blue pigments include: C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 1:2, 9, 14, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 17, 19, 25, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79. Among them, from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties, preferred examples include C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, and 60, and further preferred ones are Examples include C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and 16. Furthermore, in terms of dispersibility or light-shielding properties, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6, 16, and 60. When the photosensitive coloring composition is cured by ultraviolet rays, it is preferable as a blue pigment. In order to use one with a low ultraviolet absorption rate, from this point of view, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Blue 60. On the other hand, as described in Korean Registered Patent No. 10-1840984, from the viewpoint of reliability, light-shielding properties, and elastic recovery rate, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Blue 16.

作為綠色顏料,可例舉:C.I.顏料綠1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55、58。其中,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為可例舉C.I.顏料綠7、36。Examples of green pigments include: C.I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55 ,58. Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, C.I. Pigment Green 7 and 36 are preferred.

作為棕色顏料(Brown pigment),可例舉:C.I.顏料棕23、25、26、28、38、41、83、93。其中,就同時實現近紅外線透過性與遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為可例舉:C.I.顏料棕26、28、83、93。Examples of brown pigments include C.I. Pigment Brown 23, 25, 26, 28, 38, 41, 83, and 93. Among them, from the viewpoint of achieving both near-infrared ray transmittance and light-shielding properties, C.I. Pigment Brown 26, 28, 83, and 93 are preferred.

該等有機著色顏料之中,就於不同於紫色顏料之吸收帶之波長400~500 nm附近具有吸收帶之方面而言,較佳為橙色顏料。 於包含橙色顏料之情形時,(a)著色劑中之橙色顏料之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而較佳為20質量%以上,尤佳為30質量%以上,又,較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為45質量%以下,進而較佳為40質量%以下,尤佳為35質量%以下。例如,較佳為5~50質量%,更佳為10~45質量%,進而較佳為20~40質量%,尤佳為30~35質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有光學密度(OD)增高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有表面粗糙度變得良好之傾向。Among these organic color pigments, the orange pigment is preferred in that it has an absorption band around a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm that is different from the absorption band of the purple pigment. When an orange pigment is included, the content ratio of the orange pigment in (a) the colorant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mass% or more, more preferably 10 mass% or more, and further preferably 20 mass% or more, In particular, it is 30 mass % or more, more preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 45 mass % or less, further preferably 40 mass % or less, especially 35 mass % or less. For example, 5 to 50 mass% is preferred, 10 to 45 mass% is more preferred, 20 to 40 mass% is further more preferred, and 30 to 35 mass% is particularly preferred. By setting the value above the lower limit, the optical density (OD) tends to increase, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the surface roughness tends to become good.

另一方面,於包含橙色顏料之情形時,有耐光性惡化之傾向,故而就提高耐光性之觀點而言,(a)著色劑中之橙色顏料之含有比率較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為40質量%以下,進而較佳為30質量%以下,更進而較佳為20質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以下,最佳為0質量%。On the other hand, when an orange pigment is included, the light resistance tends to deteriorate. Therefore, from the viewpoint of improving the light resistance, the content ratio of the orange pigment in the (a) colorant is preferably 50 mass % or less, and more preferably It is preferably 40 mass% or less, further preferably 30 mass% or less, still more preferably 20 mass% or less, particularly preferably 10 mass% or less, and most preferably 0 mass%.

又,於包含藍色顏料之情形時,有表面粗糙度惡化之傾向,故而(a)著色劑中之藍色顏料之含有比率較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為40質量%以下,進而較佳為30質量%以下,更進而較佳為20質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以下,最佳為0質量%。In addition, when a blue pigment is included, the surface roughness tends to deteriorate, so the content ratio of the blue pigment in the colorant (a) is preferably 50 mass% or less, more preferably 40 mass% or less, and further The content is preferably 30 mass% or less, more preferably 20 mass% or less, particularly preferably 10 mass% or less, and most preferably 0 mass%.

於藍色顏料之中包含C.I.顏料藍60之情形時,有表面粗糙度惡化之傾向,故而(a)著色劑中之C.I.顏料藍60之含有比率較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為40質量%以下,進而較佳為30質量%以下,更進而較佳為20質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以下,最佳為0質量%。When C.I. Pigment Blue 60 is included in the blue pigment, the surface roughness tends to deteriorate, so the content ratio of C.I. Pigment Blue 60 in (a) the colorant is preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 40 % by mass or less, more preferably 30 % by mass or less, still more preferably 20 % by mass or less, still more preferably 10 % by mass or less, and most preferably 0 % by mass.

又,作為其他著色劑,亦可包含黑色顏料。作為黑色顏料,可例舉有機黑色顏料或無機黑色顏料。 作為有機黑色顏料,例如可例舉包含選自由下述式(1)所表示之化合物、該化合物之幾何異構物、該化合物之鹽、及該化合物之幾何異構物之鹽所組成之群中的至少1種之有機黑色顏料。Moreover, as other colorants, a black pigment may also be included. Examples of the black pigment include organic black pigments and inorganic black pigments. Examples of the organic black pigment include a group selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (1), a geometric isomer of the compound, a salt of the compound, and a salt of the geometric isomer of the compound. At least one of the organic black pigments.

[化1] [Chemical 1]

式(1)中,R1 及R6 分別獨立地為氫原子、CH3 、CF3 、氟原子或氯原子; R2 、R3 、R4 、R5 、R7 、R8 、R9 及R10 分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、R11 、COOH、COOR11 、COO- 、CONH2 、CONHR11 、CONR11 R12 、CN、OH、OR11 、COCR11 、OOCNH2 、OOCNHR11 、OOCNR11 R12 、NO2 、NH2 、NHR11 、NR11 R12 、NHCOR12 、NR11 COR12 、N=CH2 、N=CHR11 、N=CR11 R12 、SH、SR11 、SOR11 、SO2 R11 、SO3 R11 、SO3 H、SO3 - 、SO2 NH2 、SO2 NHR11 或SO2 NR11 R12 ; 並且,選自由R2 與R3 、R3 與R4 、R4 與R5 、R7 與R8 、R8 與R9 、及R9 與R10 所組成之群中之至少1個組合可相互直接鍵結,或亦可利用氧原子、硫原子、NH或NR11 橋聯而相互鍵結; R11 及R12 分別獨立地為碳數1~12之烷基、碳數3~12之環烷基、碳數2~12之烯基、碳數3~12之環烯基或碳數2~12之炔基。In formula (1), R 1 and R 6 are independently hydrogen atoms, CH 3 , CF 3 , fluorine atoms or chlorine atoms; R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, R 11 , COOH, COOR 11 , COO - , CONH 2 , CONHR 11 , CONR 11 R 12 , CN, OH, OR 11 , COCR 11 , OOCNH 2 , OOCNHR 11 , OOCNR 11 R 12 , NO 2 , NH 2 , NHR 11 , NR 11 R 12 , NHCOR 12 , NR 11 COR 12 , N=CH 2 , N=CHR 11 , N=CR 11 R 12 , SH, SR 11 , SOR 11 , SO 2 R 11 , SO 3 R 11 , SO 3 H, SO 3 - , SO 2 NH 2 , SO 2 NHR 11 or SO 2 NR 11 R 12 ; and, selected from R 2 and R 3 , R 3 At least one combination of the group consisting of R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , R 7 and R 8 , R 8 and R 9 , and R 9 and R 10 may be directly bonded to each other, or an oxygen atom may be used. , sulfur atom, NH or NR 11 are bridged and bonded to each other; R 11 and R 12 are independently an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and an alkene group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms. group, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.

通式(1)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物具有以下之核結構(其中,省略結構式中之取代基),反式-反式異構物可能最穩定。The geometric isomers of the compound represented by general formula (1) have the following core structure (where the substituents in the structural formula are omitted), and the trans-trans isomer may be the most stable.

[化2] [Chemicalization 2]

於通式(1)所表示之化合物為陰離子性之情形時,較佳為利用任意公知之合適之陽離子例如金屬、有機、無機或金屬有機陽離子、具體而言,鹼金屬、鹼土金屬、過渡金屬、一級銨、二級銨、三烷基銨等三級銨、四烷基銨等四級銨或有機金屬錯合物對其電荷進行補償所得之鹽。又,於通式(1)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物為陰離子性之情形時,較佳為同樣之鹽。When the compound represented by the general formula (1) is anionic, it is preferable to use any known suitable cation, such as metal, organic, inorganic or metal-organic cations, specifically, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals , primary ammonium, secondary ammonium, tertiary ammonium such as trialkylammonium, quaternary ammonium such as tetraalkylammonium or organic metal complexes to compensate for their charge. Furthermore, when the geometric isomer of the compound represented by general formula (1) is anionic, the same salt is preferred.

於通式(1)之取代基及該等之定義中,就有遮蔽率增高之傾向之方面而言,較佳為以下。其原因在於,認為以下之取代基無吸收,不會影響顏料之色相。 R2 、R4 、R5 、R7 、R9 及R10 分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、氟原子、或氯原子,進而較佳為氫原子。 R3 及R8 分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、NO2 、OCH3 、OC2 H5 、溴原子、氯原子、CH3 、C2 H5 、N(CH3 )2 、N(CH3 )(C2 H5 )、N(C2 H5 )2 、α-萘基、β-萘基、SO3 H或SO3 - ,進而較佳為氫原子或SO3 H。Among the substituents of the general formula (1) and their definitions, the following are preferred in terms of the tendency to increase the shielding rate. The reason is that the following substituents are considered to have no absorption and will not affect the hue of the pigment. R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. R 3 and R 8 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, NO 2 , OCH 3 , OC 2 H 5 , a bromine atom, a chlorine atom, CH 3 , C 2 H 5 , N(CH 3 ) 2 , N(CH 3 )(C 2 H 5 ), N(C 2 H 5 ) 2 , α-naphthyl group, β-naphthyl group, SO 3 H or SO 3 - , and more preferably a hydrogen atom or SO 3 H.

R1 及R6 分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、CH3 或CF3 ,進而較佳為氫原子。 較佳為選自由R1 與R6 、R2 與R7 、R3 與R8 、R4 與R9 、及R5 與R10 所組成之群中之至少1個組合相同,更佳為R1 與R6 相同,R2 與R7 相同,R3 與R8 相同,R4 與R9 相同,且R5 與R10 相同。R 1 and R 6 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, CH 3 or CF 3 , and more preferably a hydrogen atom. Preferably, at least one combination selected from the group consisting of R 1 and R 6 , R 2 and R 7 , R 3 and R 8 , R 4 and R 9 , and R 5 and R 10 is the same, and more preferably R1 is the same as R6 , R2 is the same as R7 , R3 is the same as R8 , R4 is the same as R9 , and R5 is the same as R10 .

碳數1~12之烷基例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、2-甲基丁基、正戊基、2-戊基、3-戊基、2,2-二甲基丙基、正己基、庚基、正辛基、1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基或十二烷基。Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, 3-butyl, and 2-methylbutyl. base, n-pentyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, heptyl, n-octyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, 2-Ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl or dodecyl.

碳數3~12之環烷基例如可例舉:環丙基、環丙基甲基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環己基甲基、三甲基環己基、基、降𦯉基、𦯉基、降蒈基、蒈基、薄荷基、降蒎烷基、蒎烷基、1-金剛烷基或2-金剛烷基。Examples of the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include: cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, trimethylcyclohexyl, base, norpinyl, 𦯉yl, norcarboryl, carbinyl, menthyl, norpinenyl, pinyl, 1-adamantyl or 2-adamantyl.

碳數2~12之烯基例如可例舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、2-丙烯-2-基、2-丁烯-1-基、3-丁烯-1-基、1,3-丁二烯-2-基、2-戊烯-1-基、3-戊烯-2-基、2-薄荷基-1-丁烯-3-基、2-甲基-3-丁烯-2-基、3-甲基-2-丁烯-1-基、1,4-戊二烯-3-基、己烯基、辛烯基、壬烯基、癸烯基或十二烯基。Examples of alkenyl groups having 2 to 12 carbon atoms include vinyl, allyl, 2-propen-2-yl, 2-buten-1-yl, 3-buten-1-yl, and 1,3- Butadien-2-yl, 2-penten-1-yl, 3-penten-2-yl, 2-menthyl-1-buten-3-yl, 2-methyl-3-butene- 2-yl, 3-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, 1,4-pentadien-3-yl, hexenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl or dodecenyl .

碳數3~12之環烯基例如可例舉:2-環丁烯-1-基、2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基、3-環己烯-1-基、2,4-環己二烯-1-基、1-對薄荷烯-8-基、4(10)-苧烯-10-基、2-降莰烯-1-基、2,5-降𦯉二烯-1-基、7,7-二甲基-2,4-降蒈二烯-3-基或莰基。Examples of the cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include 2-cyclobuten-1-yl, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl, and 3-cyclohexen-yl. 1-yl, 2,4-cyclohexadien-1-yl, 1-p-menthene-8-yl, 4(10)-limonene-10-yl, 2-norbornene-1-yl, 2 , 5-nor 𦯉 dien-1-yl, 7,7-dimethyl-2,4-norcarboradien-3-yl or camphenyl.

碳數2~12之炔基例如可例舉:1-丙炔-3-基、1-丁炔-4-基、1-戊炔-5-基、2-甲基-3-丁炔-2-基、1,4-戊炔-3-基、1,3-戊炔-5-基、1-己炔-6-基、順-3-甲基-2-戊烯-4-炔-1-基、反式-3-甲基-2-戊烯-4-炔-1-基、1,3-己炔-5-基、1-辛炔-8-基、1-壬炔-9-基、1-癸炔-10-基或1-十二炔-12-基。Examples of the alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms include 1-propyn-3-yl, 1-butyn-4-yl, 1-pentyn-5-yl, and 2-methyl-3-butyn- 2-yl, 1,4-pentyn-3-yl, 1,3-pentyn-5-yl, 1-hexyn-6-yl, cis-3-methyl-2-penten-4-yne -1-yl, trans-3-methyl-2-penten-4-yn-1-yl, 1,3-hexyn-5-yl, 1-octyn-8-yl, 1-nonyne -9-yl, 1-decyn-10-yl or 1-dodecyn-12-yl.

鹵素原子例如為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子。The halogen atom is, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.

上述通式(1)所表示之有機黑色顏料較佳為下述通式(2)所表示之化合物及/或該化合物之幾何異構物。The organic black pigment represented by the above general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2) and/or a geometric isomer of the compound.

[化3] [Chemical 3]

作為此種有機黑色顏料之具體例,商品名可例舉Irgaphor(註冊商標)Black S 0100 CF(BASF公司製造)。 該有機黑色顏料較佳為根據下述分散劑、溶劑、方法而分散使用。又,若於分散時存在上述通式(2)所表示之化合物或該化合物之幾何異構物之磺酸衍生物,則存在分散性或保存性提高之情形。 又,作為有機黑色顏料,就光學特性與可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為使用韓國公開專利第10-2018-0052502號公報中所記載之有機黑色顏料、或韓國公開專利第10-2018-0052864號公報中所記載之有機黑色顏料。As a specific example of such an organic black pigment, the trade name is Irgaphor (registered trademark) Black S 0100 CF (manufactured by BASF Corporation). The organic black pigment is preferably dispersed using the following dispersants, solvents, and methods. Furthermore, if a sulfonic acid derivative of a compound represented by the above general formula (2) or a geometric isomer of the compound is present during dispersion, dispersibility or storage properties may be improved. In addition, as the organic black pigment, from the viewpoint of optical properties and reliability, it is preferable to use the organic black pigment described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2018-0052502, or Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2018- Organic black pigments described in Gazette No. 0052864.

又,作為其他有機黑色顏料,亦可例舉:苯胺黑、花青黑、苝黑等。 又,亦可使用無機黑色顏料之碳黑。作為碳黑之例,可例舉如下所述之碳黑。Examples of other organic black pigments include aniline black, cyanine black, and perylene black. In addition, carbon black, an inorganic black pigment, can also be used. Examples of carbon black include the following carbon blacks.

三菱化學公司製造:MA7、MA8、MA11、MA77、MA100、MA100R、MA100S、MA220、MA230、MA600、MCF88、#5、#10、#20、#25、#30、#32、#33、#40、#44、#45、#47、#50、#52、#55、#650、#750、#850、#900、#950、#960、#970、#980、#990、#1000、#2200、#2300、#2350、#2400、#2600、#2650、#3030、#3050、#3150、#3250、#3400、#3600、#3750、#3950、#4000、#4010、OIL7B、OIL9B、OIL11B、OIL30B、OIL31B Degussa公司製造:Printex(註冊商標、以下相同)3、Printex3OP、Printex30、Printex30OP、Printex40、Printex45、Printex55、Printex60、Printex75、Printex80、Printex85、Printex90、Printex A、Printex L、Printex G、Printex P、Printex U、Printex V、SpecialBlack550、SpecialBlack350、SpecialBlack250、SpecialBlack100、SpecialBlack6、SpecialBlack5、SpecialBlack4、Color Black FW1、Color Black FW2、Color Black FW2V、Color Black FW18、Color Black FW200、Color Black S160、Color Black S170 Cabot公司製造:Monarch(註冊商標、以下相同)120、Monarch280、Monarch460、Monarch800、Monarch880、Monarch900、Monarch1000、Monarch1100、Monarch1300、Monarch1400、Monarch4630、REGAL(註冊商標、以下相同)99、REGAL99R、REGAL415、REGAL415R、REGAL250、REGAL250R、REGAL330、REGAL400R、REGAL55R0、REGAL660R、BLACK PEARLS480、PEARLS130、VULCAN(註冊商標) XC72R、ELFTEX(註冊商標)-8 Birla公司製造:RAVEN(註冊商標、以下相同)11、RAVEN14、RAVEN15、RAVEN16、RAVEN22、RAVEN30、RAVEN35、RAVEN40、RAVEN410、RAVEN420、RAVEN450、RAVEN500、RAVEN780、RAVEN850、RAVEN890H、RAVEN1000、RAVEN1020、RAVEN1040、RAVEN1060U、RAVEN1080U、RAVEN1170、RAVEN1190U、RAVEN1250、RAVEN1500、RAVEN2000、RAVEN2500U、RAVEN3500、RAVEN5000、RAVEN5250、RAVEN5750、RAVEN7000Manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation: MA7, MA8, MA11, MA77, MA100, MA100R, MA100S, MA220, MA230, MA600, MCF88, #5, #10, #20, #25, #30, #32, #33, #40 , #44, #45, #47, #50, #52, #55, #650, #750, #850, #900, #950, #960, #970, #980, #990, #1000, # 2200, #2300, #2350, #2400, #2600, #2650, #3030, #3050, #3150, #3250, #3400, #3600, #3750, #3950, #4000, #4010, OIL7B, OIL9B , OIL11B, OIL30B, OIL31B Manufactured by Degussa: Printex (registered trademark, the same below) 3, Printex3OP, Printex30, Printex30OP, Printex40, Printex45, Printex55, Printex60, Printex75, Printex80, Printex85, Printex90, Printex A, Printex L, Printex G, Printex P, Printex U , Printex V, SpecialBlack550, SpecialBlack350, SpecialBlack250, SpecialBlack100, SpecialBlack6, SpecialBlack5, SpecialBlack4, Color Black FW1, Color Black FW2, Color Black FW2V, Color Black FW18, Color Black FW200, Color Black S160, Color Black S170 Manufactured by Cabot Company: Monarch (registered trademark, the same below) 120, Monarch280, Monarch460, Monarch800, Monarch880, Monarch900, Monarch1000, Monarch1100, Monarch1300, Monarch1400, Monarch4630, REGAL (registered trademark, the same below) 99, REGAL99R, REGAL415, REGAL415R, REGAL250, REGAL250R, REGAL330, REGAL400R, REGAL55R0, REGAL660R, BLACK PEARLS480, PEARLS130, VULCAN (registered trademark) XC72R, ELFTEX (registered trademark)-8 Made by Birla: RAVEN (registered trademark, the same below) 11, RAVEN14, RAVEN15, RAVEN16, RAVEN22, RAVEN30, RAVEN35, RAVEN40, RAVEN410, RAVEN420, RAVEN450, RAVEN500, RAVEN780, RAVEN850, RAVEN890H, RAVEN1000, RAVEN1020, RAVEN1040, RAVEN1060U , RAVEN1080U, RAVEN1170, RAVEN1190U, RAVEN1250, RAVEN1500, RAVEN2000, RAVEN2500U, RAVEN3500, RAVEN5000, RAVEN5250, RAVEN5750, RAVEN7000

碳黑可使用經樹脂被覆者。若使用經樹脂被覆之碳黑,則存在提高對玻璃基板之密接性或體積電阻值之效果。作為經樹脂被覆之碳黑,例如可適宜地使用日本專利特開平09-71733號公報中所記載之碳黑等。就體積電阻或介電常數之方面而言,可適宜地使用樹脂被覆碳黑。Carbon black may be coated with resin. If resin-coated carbon black is used, there is an effect of improving the adhesion to the glass substrate or the volume resistance value. As the resin-coated carbon black, for example, the carbon black described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 09-71733 can be suitably used. In terms of volume resistance or dielectric constant, resin-coated carbon black can be suitably used.

該等顏料較佳為以平均粒徑通常成為1 μm以下、較佳為成為0.5 μm以下、進而較佳為成為0.25 μm以下之方式進行分散而使用。此處,平均粒徑之基準為顏料粒子之數量。 再者,於感光性著色組合物中,顏料之平均粒徑係根據利用動態光散射(DLS)測定之顏料粒徑求出之值。粒徑測定係對經充分地稀釋之感光性著色組合物(通常進行稀釋而製備成顏料濃度0.005~0.2質量%左右。其中根據測定設備若存在推薦之濃度,則依據其濃度)進行,且於25℃下進行測定。These pigments are preferably dispersed and used so that the average particle diameter is usually 1 μm or less, preferably 0.5 μm or less, further preferably 0.25 μm or less. Here, the basis of the average particle diameter is the number of pigment particles. In addition, in the photosensitive coloring composition, the average particle diameter of a pigment is a value calculated from the pigment particle diameter measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS). The particle size measurement is performed on a sufficiently diluted photosensitive coloring composition (usually diluted to prepare a pigment concentration of about 0.005 to 0.2% by mass. If there is a recommended concentration based on the measurement equipment, the concentration is used), and Measurement was performed at 25°C.

又,除上述顏料以外,亦可使用染料。作為染料,可例舉:偶氮系染料、蒽醌系染料、酞菁系染料、醌亞胺系染料、喹啉系染料、硝基系染料、羰基系染料、次甲基系染料等。 作為偶氮系染料,例如可例舉:C.I.酸性黃11、C.I.酸性橙7、C.I.酸性紅37、C.I.酸性紅180、C.I.酸性藍29、C.I.直接紅28、C.I.直接紅83、C.I.直接黃12、C.I.直接橙26、C.I.直接綠28、C.I.直接綠59、C.I活性黃2、C.I活性紅17、C.I活性紅120、C.I活性黑5、C.I.分散橙5、C.I.分散紅58、C.I.分散藍165、C.I.鹼性藍41、C.I.鹼性紅18、C.I.媒染紅7、C.I.媒染黃5、C.I.媒染黑7等。In addition to the above-mentioned pigments, dyes may also be used. Examples of dyes include azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, quinone imine dyes, quinoline dyes, nitro dyes, carbonyl dyes, methine dyes, and the like. Examples of azo dyes include: C.I. Acid Yellow 11, C.I. Acid Orange 7, C.I. Acid Red 37, C.I. Acid Red 180, C.I. Acid Blue 29, C.I. Direct Red 28, C.I. Direct Red 83, C.I. Direct Yellow 12 , C.I. Direct Orange 26, C.I. Direct Green 28, C.I. Direct Green 59, C.I Reactive Yellow 2, C.I Reactive Red 17, C.I Reactive Red 120, C.I Reactive Black 5, C.I. Disperse Orange 5, C.I. Disperse Red 58, C.I. Disperse Blue 165 , C.I. basic blue 41, C.I. basic red 18, C.I. mordant red 7, C.I. mordant yellow 5, C.I. mordant black 7, etc.

作為蒽醌系染料,例如可例舉:C.I.還原藍4、C.I.酸性藍40、C.I.酸性綠25、C.I活性藍19、C.I活性藍49、C.I.分散紅60、C.I.分散藍56、C.I.分散藍60等。 除此以外,作為酞菁系染料,例如可例舉C.I.還原藍5等,作為醌亞胺系染料,例如可例舉:C.I.鹼性藍3、C.I.鹼性藍9等,作為喹啉系染料,例如可例舉:C.I.溶劑黃33、C.I.酸性黃3、C.I.分散黃64等,作為硝基系染料,例如可例舉:C.I.酸性黃1、C.I.酸性橙3、C.I.分散黃42等。Examples of anthraquinone dyes include: C.I. Vat Blue 4, C.I. Acid Blue 40, C.I. Acid Green 25, C.I Reactive Blue 19, C.I Reactive Blue 49, C.I. Disperse Red 60, C.I. Disperse Blue 56, C.I. Disperse Blue 60 wait. In addition, examples of phthalocyanine-based dyes include C.I. Vat Blue 5, etc. Examples of quinoneimine-based dyes include C.I. Basic Blue 3, C.I. Basic Blue 9, etc. Examples of quinoline-based dyes Examples of nitro dyes include C.I. Solvent Yellow 33, C.I. Acid Yellow 3, C.I. Disperse Yellow 64, and the like. Examples of nitro dyes include C.I. Acid Yellow 1, C.I. Acid Orange 3, C.I. Disperse Yellow 42, and the like.

<(b)鹼可溶性樹脂> 作為本發明中所使用之(b)鹼可溶性樹脂,若為包含羧基或羥基之樹脂,則並無特別限定,例如可例舉:環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、含羧基之環氧樹脂、含羧基之胺基甲酸酯樹脂、酚醛清漆系樹脂、聚乙烯酚系樹脂等,其中,就優異之製版性之觀點而言,可適宜地使用: (b1)環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂 (b2)共聚樹脂。 該等可單獨使用一種、或混合複數種而使用。<(b) Alkali-soluble resin> The alkali-soluble resin (b) used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it contains a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. Examples thereof include: epoxy (meth)acrylate resin, acrylic resin, resin containing Carboxyl group epoxy resin, carboxyl group-containing urethane resin, novolak-based resin, polyvinylphenol-based resin, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of excellent plate-making properties, the following can be suitably used: (b1) Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b2) Copolymer resin. These can be used individually by 1 type, or in mixture of a plurality of types.

<(b1)環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂> (b1)環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂係使環氧樹脂(環氧化合物)與α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之反應物之利用反應生成的羥基進而與多元酸、及/或其酸酐反應而獲得之樹脂。 又,於使上述多元酸及/或其酸酐與羥基反應之前,使具有2個以上可與該羥基反應之取代基之化合物反應,其後使多元酸、及/或其酸酐反應,所獲得之樹脂亦包含於上述(b1)環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂中。<(b1) Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin> (b1) Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is a combination of epoxy resin (epoxy compound) and α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group The reactants are resins obtained by reacting the hydroxyl groups generated by the reaction with polybasic acids and/or their anhydrides. Furthermore, before reacting the above-mentioned polybasic acid and/or its acid anhydride with a hydroxyl group, a compound having two or more substituents capable of reacting with the hydroxyl group is reacted, and then the polybasic acid and/or its acid anhydride is reacted to obtain The resin is also included in the above-mentioned (b1) epoxy (meth)acrylate resin.

又,進而使具有可反應之官能基之化合物與上述反應中所獲得之樹脂的羧基反應,所獲得之樹脂亦包含於上述(b1)環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂中。 如此,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂於化學結構上實質上不具有環氧基,且並不限定於「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,但由於環氧化合物(環氧樹脂)為原料,且「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」為代表例,故而依據慣用如此進行命名。Furthermore, a compound having a reactive functional group is reacted with the carboxyl group of the resin obtained in the above reaction, and the resin obtained is also included in the above-mentioned (b1) epoxy (meth)acrylate resin. In this way, the epoxy (meth)acrylate-based resin does not substantially have an epoxy group in its chemical structure and is not limited to "(meth)acrylate". However, since an epoxy compound (epoxy resin) is used as a raw material , and "(meth)acrylate" is a representative example, so it is named as such based on convention.

作為本發明中所使用之(b1)環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂,具體而言,就顯影性、可靠性之觀點而言,可適宜地使用下述環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-1)及/或環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-2)(以下存在稱為「含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂」之情形)。As the (b1) epoxy (meth)acrylate resin used in the present invention, specifically, from the viewpoint of developability and reliability, the following epoxy (meth)acrylate can be suitably used. resin (b1-1) and/or epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin").

<環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-1)> 藉由在環氧樹脂上加成α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯,進而使多元酸及/或其酸酐反應而獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂。 <環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-2)> 藉由在環氧樹脂上加成α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯,進而使之與多元醇、以及多元酸及/或其酸酐反應而獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂。<Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-1)> Alkali solubility obtained by adding α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group to epoxy resin, and then reacting polybasic acid and/or its anhydride resin. <Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-2)> By adding α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl groups to the epoxy resin, and then combining it with polyols, polybasic acids and/or their anhydrides Alkali-soluble resin obtained by reaction.

此處,所謂環氧樹脂,亦包含藉由熱硬化而形成樹脂之前之原料化合物在內而稱呼,作為該環氧樹脂,可自公知之環氧樹脂之中適當選擇而使用。又,環氧樹脂可使用使酚性化合物與表鹵醇反應而獲得之化合物。作為酚性化合物,較佳為具有二價以上之酚性羥基之化合物,可為單體亦可為聚合物。 作為成為原料之環氧樹脂之種類,可適宜地使用甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、酚系酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、三苯酚甲烷型環氧樹脂、聯苯酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、萘酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、作為二環戊二烯與苯酚或甲酚之複加成反應物和表鹵醇之反應產物之環氧樹脂、含金剛烷基之環氧樹脂、茀型環氧樹脂等,可適宜地使用如此於主鏈具有芳香族環者。Here, the term "epoxy resin" includes the raw material compound before being formed into a resin by thermal curing. As the epoxy resin, an appropriate selection can be made from among known epoxy resins and used. In addition, a compound obtained by reacting a phenolic compound and an epihalohydrin can be used as the epoxy resin. As the phenolic compound, a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group having a divalent or higher valence is preferred, and it may be a monomer or a polymer. As the type of epoxy resin used as a raw material, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, phenolic novolak type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, trisphenol type can be suitably used. Methane-type epoxy resin, biphenyl novolak-type epoxy resin, naphthol-type epoxy resin, epoxy which is the complex addition reactant of dicyclopentadiene and phenol or cresol and the reaction product of epihalohydrin Resins, adamantyl group-containing epoxy resins, n-type epoxy resins, etc., those having an aromatic ring in the main chain can be suitably used.

又,作為環氧樹脂之具體例,例如可適宜地使用雙酚A型環氧樹脂(例如三菱化學公司製造之「jER(註冊商標、以下相同)-828」、「jER-1001」、「jER-1002」、「jER-1004」、日本化藥公司製造之「NER-1302」(環氧當量323,軟化點76℃)等)、雙酚F型樹脂(例如三菱化學公司製造之「jER-807」、「jER-4004P」、「jER-4005P」、「jER-4007P」、日本化藥公司製造之「NER-7406」(環氧當量350,軟化點66℃)等)、雙酚S型環氧樹脂、聯苯縮水甘油醚(例如三菱化學公司製造之「jER-YX4000」)、酚系酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(例如日本化藥公司製造之「EPPN-201」、三菱化學公司製造之「jER-152」、「jER-154」、Dow Chemical公司製造之「DEN-438」)、(鄰,間,對)甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(例如日本化藥公司製造之「EOCN(註冊商標、以下相同)-102S」、「EOCN-1020」、「EOCN-104S」)、異氰尿酸三縮水甘油酯(例如日產化學公司製造之「TEPIC(註冊商標)」)、三苯酚甲烷型環氧樹脂(例如日本化藥公司製造之「EPPN(註冊商標、以下相同)-501」、「EPPN-502」、「EPPN-503」)、脂環式環氧樹脂(Daicel公司製造之「Celloxide(註冊商標、以下相同)2021P」、「Celloxide EHPE」)、使利用二環戊二烯與苯酚之反應之酚樹脂縮水甘油基化所得之環氧樹脂(例如DIC公司製造之「EXA-7200」、日本化藥公司製造之「NC-7300」)、下述通式(B1)~(B4)所表示之環氧樹脂等。具體而言,可例舉:下述通式(B1)所表示之作為環氧樹脂之日本化藥公司製造之「XD-1000」、下述通式(B2)所表示之作為環氧樹脂之日本化藥公司製造之「NC-3000」、下述通式(B4)所表示之環氧樹脂之作為新日鐵住金化學公司製造之「ESF-300」等。Moreover, as a specific example of the epoxy resin, bisphenol A-type epoxy resin (for example, "jER (registered trademark, the same below)-828", "jER-1001", "jER" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) can be suitably used. -1002", "jER-1004", "NER-1302" manufactured by Nippon Chemical Company (epoxy equivalent 323, softening point 76°C), etc.), bisphenol F-type resin (such as "jER-" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) 807", "jER-4004P", "jER-4005P", "jER-4007P", "NER-7406" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (epoxy equivalent 350, softening point 66°C), etc.), bisphenol S type Epoxy resin, biphenyl glycidyl ether (such as "jER-YX4000" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), phenolic novolak-type epoxy resin (such as "EPPN-201" manufactured by Nippon Chemical Company, Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) "jER-152", "jER-154", "DEN-438" manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.), (ortho, meta, p-) cresol novolak type epoxy resin (such as "EOCN (manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.) Registered trademarks, the same below)-102S", "EOCN-1020", "EOCN-104S"), triglycidyl isocyanurate (such as "TEPIC (registered trademark)" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.), trisphenolmethane type Epoxy resin (such as "EPPN (registered trademark, the same below)-501", "EPPN-502", "EPPN-503" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), alicyclic epoxy resin ("Celloxide manufactured by Daicel Corporation" (Registered trademark, the same below) 2021P", "Celloxide EHPE"), epoxy resin obtained by glycidylizing a phenol resin using the reaction of dicyclopentadiene and phenol (such as "EXA-7200" manufactured by DIC Corporation , "NC-7300" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), epoxy resins represented by the following general formulas (B1) to (B4), etc. Specifically, "XD-1000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., which is an epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (B1), and "XD-1000", an epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (B2), can be exemplified. "NC-3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., "ESF-300" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd., etc. are the epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (B4).

[化4] [Chemical 4]

於上述通式(B1)中,a為平均值,表示0~10之數。R111 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~8之烷基、碳數3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基、或聯苯基。再者,存在於1分子中之複數個R111 分別可相同亦可不同。In the above general formula (B1), a is an average value and represents a number from 0 to 10. R 111 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group. In addition, a plurality of R 111 present in one molecule may be the same or different.

[化5] [Chemistry 5]

於上述通式(B2)中,b為平均值,表示0~10之數。R121 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~8之烷基、碳數3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基、或聯苯基中之任一種。再者,存在於1分子中之複數個R121 分別可相同亦可不同。In the above general formula (B2), b is an average value and represents a number from 0 to 10. R 121 represents any one of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group. In addition, a plurality of R 121 present in one molecule may be the same or different.

[化6] [Chemical 6]

於上述通式(B3)中,X表示下述通式(B3-1)或(B3-2)所表示之連結基。其中,於分子結構中包含1個以上之金剛烷結構。c表示2或3。In the above general formula (B3), X represents a linking group represented by the following general formula (B3-1) or (B3-2). Among them, the molecular structure contains more than one adamantane structure. c means 2 or 3.

[化7] [Chemical 7]

於上述通式(B3-1)及(B3-2)中,R131 ~R134 及R135 ~R137 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1~12之烷基、或可具有取代基之苯基。*表示鍵結鍵。In the above general formulas (B3-1) and (B3-2), R 131 to R 134 and R 135 to R 137 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, and a carbon which may have a substituent. An alkyl group having numbers 1 to 12, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. *Indicates bonding key.

[化8] [Chemical 8]

於上述通式(B4)中,p及q分別獨立地表示0~4之整數,R141 及R142 分別獨立地表示碳數1~4之烷基或鹵素原子。R143 及R144 分別獨立地表示碳數1~4之伸烷基。x及y分別獨立地表示0以上之整數。In the general formula (B4), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and R 141 and R 142 each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 143 and R 144 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. x and y each independently represent an integer above 0.

該等之中,較佳為使用通式(B1)~(B4)之任一者所表示之環氧樹脂。Among these, it is preferable to use an epoxy resin represented by any one of general formulas (B1) to (B4).

作為α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯,可例舉: (甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸、鄰、間或對乙烯苯甲酸、(甲基)丙烯酸之α位鹵烷基、烷氧基、鹵素、硝基、氰基取代物等單羧酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基順丁烯二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基順丁烯二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基氫鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基順丁烯二酸、於(甲基)丙烯酸上加成ε-己內酯、β-丙內酯、γ-丁內酯、δ-戊內酯等內酯類者而成之單體、或於(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯上加成琥珀酸(酐)、鄰苯二甲酸(酐)、順丁烯二酸(酐)等酸(酸酐)而成之單體、(甲基)丙烯酸二聚物等。 該等之中,就表面粗糙度之觀點而言,尤佳者為(甲基)丙烯酸。Examples of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group include: (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m- or p-vinylbenzoic acid, (meth)acrylic acid, monocarboxylic acid such as haloalkyl, alkoxy, halogen, nitro, cyano substituents of α-position of acrylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinic acid, 2-(meth)propene acyloxyethyladipic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylphthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 2-(methyl) )Acryloxyethylmaleic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxypropylsuccinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxypropyladipic acid, 2-(methyl) Acryloxypropyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxypropyl phthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxypropylmaleic acid, 2- (Meth)acryloxybutylsuccinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxybutyladipic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxybutylhydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxybutylhydrophthalic acid Meth)acryloxybutyl phthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxybutylmaleic acid, ε-caprolactone, β-propiolactone added to (meth)acrylic acid , γ-butyrolactone, δ-valerolactone and other lactone monomers, or hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(methyl) ) Monomers, (meth)acrylic acid dimers, etc. formed by adding acids (anhydrides) such as succinic acid (anhydride), phthalic acid (anhydride), and maleic acid (anhydride) to acrylic ester. Among these, from the viewpoint of surface roughness, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferred.

作為於環氧樹脂上加成α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之方法,可使用公知之方法。例如,可於酯化觸媒之存在下,於50~150℃之溫度下,使α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯與環氧樹脂反應。作為此處所使用之酯化觸媒,可使用三乙胺、三甲胺、苄基二甲胺、苄基二乙胺等三級胺;氯化四甲基銨、氯化四乙基銨、氯化十二烷基三甲基銨等四級銨鹽等。As a method of adding α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group to the epoxy resin, a known method can be used. For example, α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group can be mixed with epoxy in the presence of an esterification catalyst at a temperature of 50 to 150°C. resin reaction. As the esterification catalyst used here, tertiary amines such as triethylamine, trimethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, and benzyldiethylamine can be used; tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, chlorine Quaternary ammonium salts such as dodecyltrimethylammonium, etc.

再者,環氧樹脂、α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯、及酯化觸媒均可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之使用量相對於環氧樹脂之環氧基1當量較佳為0.5~1.2當量之範圍,進而較佳為0.7~1.1當量之範圍。藉由將α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之使用量設為上述下限值以上,有可抑制不飽和基之導入量不足,且容易使後續之與多元酸及/或其酸酐之反應亦變得充分之傾向。另一方面,藉由設為上述上限值以下,發現有可抑制α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之未反應物之殘留,容易使硬化特性變得良好之傾向。Furthermore, each of the epoxy resin, α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, and the esterification catalyst may be used alone, or two or more may be used in combination. . The usage amount of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of the epoxy group of the epoxy resin, and further Preferably, it is in the range of 0.7 to 1.1 equivalents. By setting the usage amount of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group to above the lower limit, it is possible to suppress insufficient introduction of unsaturated groups. And it is easy to make the subsequent reaction with polybasic acid and/or its anhydride also tend to become sufficient. On the other hand, by setting the value below the above upper limit, it was found that the remaining unreacted substances of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group can be suppressed. The hardening properties tend to be improved easily.

作為多元酸及/或其酸酐,可例舉選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸、及該等之酸酐等中之1種以上。Examples of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and pyromellitic acid. , trimellitic acid, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobactolic acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid One or more types of carboxylic acids and acid anhydrides thereof.

較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸、或該等之酸酐。尤佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、或聯苯四羧酸二酐。Preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid. , or such acid anhydrides. Particularly preferred are tetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, or biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride.

關於多元酸及/或其酸酐之加成反應亦可使用公知之方法,可於與對環氧樹脂之α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之加成反應同樣之條件下,持續反應而獲得目標物。多元酸及/或其酸酐成分之加成量較佳為如所生成之含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂之酸值成為10~150 mgKOH/g之範圍之程度,更佳為如成為20~140 mgKOH/g之範圍之程度。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有鹼性顯影性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性能變得良好之傾向。Known methods can also be used for the addition reaction of polybasic acids and/or their anhydrides, which can be carried out with α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acids and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acids with carboxyl groups on epoxy resins. Addition reaction of acid ester Under the same conditions, the target product is obtained by continuing the reaction. The addition amount of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride component is preferably such that the acid value of the produced carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin falls within the range of 10 to 150 mgKOH/g, more preferably If it falls into the range of 20 to 140 mgKOH/g. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, alkali developability tends to become favorable, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, hardening performance tends to become favorable.

再者,於該多元酸及/或其酸酐之加成反應時,可添加三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇等多元醇,並導入多分支結構。Furthermore, during the addition reaction of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride, polyhydric alcohols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and dipentaerythritol can be added to introduce a multi-branched structure.

含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂通常可藉由如下方法而獲得:於向環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之反應物中混合多元酸及/或其酸酐後,或者於向環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之反應物中混合多元酸及/或其酸酐及多元醇後進行加熱。於該情形時,多元酸及/或其酸酐與多元醇之混合順序並無特別限制。藉由加熱,多元酸及/或其酸酐對存在於環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之反應物和多元醇之混合物中之任一種羥基進行加成反應。Epoxy (meth)acrylate resins containing carboxyl groups can usually be obtained by the following method: combining epoxy resin with α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid with carboxyl groups After mixing polybasic acid and/or its acid anhydride into the reactant of carboxylic acid ester, or mixing epoxy resin with α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group. The reactant is mixed with a polybasic acid and/or its acid anhydride and a polyhydric alcohol and then heated. In this case, the mixing order of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride and the polyhydric alcohol is not particularly limited. By heating, the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride reacts with the reactants and polyols present in the epoxy resin and α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group. Any hydroxyl group in the mixture undergoes an addition reaction.

作為含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂,除上述者以外,可例舉於韓國公開專利第10-2013-0022955號公報、韓國登錄專利第10-0965189號公報、日本專利特開2005-165294號公報、日本專利特開2006-312704號公報中所記載者等。Examples of carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resins other than those mentioned above include Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2013-0022955, Korean Registered Patent No. 10-0965189, and Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication. Those described in Publication No. 2005-165294, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-312704, etc.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂之藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為1000以上,較佳為1500以上,更佳為2000以上,更佳為2500以上,且通常為10000以下,較佳為8000以下,更佳為6000以下,進而較佳為5000以下,尤佳為4000以下。例如,較佳為1000~10000,更佳為1000~8000,進而較佳為1500~6000,更進而較佳為2000~5000,尤佳為2500~4000。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可抑制對於顯影液之溶解性變得過高之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有容易使對於顯影液之溶解性變得良好之傾向。The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is usually 1,000 or more, preferably 1,500 or more, more preferably 2,000 or above, more preferably 2,500 or more, and usually 10,000 or less, preferably 8,000 or less, more preferably 6,000 or less, further preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 4,000 or less. For example, 1,000 to 10,000 is preferable, 1,000 to 8,000 is more preferable, 1,500 to 6,000 is still more preferable, 2,000 to 5,000 is still more preferable, and 2,500 to 4,000 is particularly preferable. By setting it to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, the tendency of the solubility to the developer to become too high can be suppressed, and by setting it to below the above-mentioned upper limit value, it is easy to make the solubility to the developer solution good. tendency.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂之酸值並無特別限定,較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為20 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為100 mgKOH/g以下,尤佳為50 mgKOH/g以下。例如,較佳為10~200 mgKOH/g,更佳為10~150 mgKOH/g,進而較佳為20~100 mgKOH/g,尤佳為20~50 mgKOH/g。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可獲得適度之顯影溶解性之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯影不會過度進行而可抑制膜溶解之傾向。The acid value of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less, particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or less. For example, 10 to 200 mgKOH/g is preferred, 10 to 150 mgKOH/g is more preferred, 20 to 100 mgKOH/g is more preferred, and 20 to 50 mgKOH/g is particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, moderate development solubility tends to be obtained, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, development tends not to proceed excessively and film dissolution tends to be suppressed.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂之雙鍵當量並無特別限定,較佳為800以下,更佳為700以下,進而較佳為600以下,更進而較佳為500以下,尤佳為400以下,最佳為300以下,又,較佳為100以上,更佳為150以上,進而較佳為200以上,尤佳為250以上。例如,較佳為100~800,更佳為100~700,進而較佳為150~600,更進而較佳為150~500,尤佳為200~400,尤佳為250~300。藉由設為上述上限值以下,有機械特性與表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述下限值以上,有保存穩定性提高之傾向。 再者,樹脂之雙鍵當量可根據下述式(x)而算出。The double bond equivalent of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 700 or less, further preferably 600 or less, still more preferably 500 or less, and particularly preferably 400. below, preferably 300 or less, more preferably 100 or more, more preferably 150 or more, further preferably 200 or more, particularly preferably 250 or more. For example, 100 to 800 is preferred, 100 to 700 is more preferred, 150 to 600 is still more preferred, 150 to 500 is still more preferred, 200 to 400 is particularly preferred, and 250 to 300 is even more preferred. By setting the value below the upper limit, mechanical properties and surface roughness tend to be improved, and by setting it above the lower limit, storage stability tends to be improved. In addition, the double bond equivalent of the resin can be calculated based on the following formula (x).

(樹脂之雙鍵當量)= (樹脂之分子量)/(樹脂每1分子之乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之數量)        (x)(Double bond equivalent of resin) = (Molecular weight of resin)/(Number of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds per 1 molecule of resin) (x)

(b1)環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂之化學結構並無特別限定,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述通式(i)所表示之部分結構之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-A)(以下,有時簡稱為「環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-A)」)、或具有下述通式(ii)所表示之部分結構之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-B)(以下,有時簡稱為「環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-B)」)。又,就可靠性之觀點而言,更佳為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-B)。(b1) The chemical structure of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of curability, an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (i) is preferred. epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-A) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-A)"), or a part represented by the following general formula (ii) Structure of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-B) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-B)"). Moreover, from the viewpoint of reliability, epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-B) is more preferred.

[化9] [Chemical 9]

式(i)中,Ra 表示氫原子或甲基,Rb 表示可具有取代基之二價烴基。式(i)中之苯環可進而經任意取代基取代。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (i), R a represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The benzene ring in formula (i) may further be substituted with any substituent. *Indicates bonding key.

[化10] [Chemical 10]

式(ii)中,Rc 分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。Rd 表示具有環狀烴基作為側鏈之二價烴基。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (ii), R c independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain. *Indicates bonding key.

(Rb ) 上述式(i)中,Rb 表示可具有取代基之二價烴基。 作為二價烴基,可例舉:二價脂肪族基、二價芳香族環基、連結1個以上之二價脂肪族基與1個以上之二價芳香族環基而成之基。(R b ) In the above formula (i), R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aromatic ring group, and a group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are connected.

二價脂肪族基可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀、組合該等而成者。該等之中,就顯影溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為直鏈狀者,另一方面,就顯影密接性之觀點而言,較佳為環狀者。其碳數通常為1以上,較佳為3以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如,較佳為1~20,更佳為3~15,進而較佳為6~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。Examples of the divalent aliphatic group include linear, branched, cyclic, and combinations thereof. Among these, a linear one is preferable from the viewpoint of development solubility, and on the other hand, a cyclic one is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion. The carbon number is usually 1 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, 1 to 20 are preferable, 3 to 15 are more preferable, and 6 to 10 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good.

作為二價直鏈狀脂肪族基之具體例,可例舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸正丙基、伸正丁基、伸正己基、伸正庚基等。該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為亞甲基。 作為二價支鏈狀脂肪族基之具體例,可例舉於上述二價直鏈狀脂肪族基中具有甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等作為側鏈之結構。 二價環狀之脂肪族基所具有之環之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為2~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。作為二價環狀之脂肪族基之具體例,可例舉自環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異冰片烷環、金剛烷環等環上去除2個氫原子所得之基。該等之中,就骨架之剛直性之觀點而言,較佳為自金剛烷環上去除2個氫原子所得之基。Specific examples of the divalent linear aliphatic group include methylene, ethylene, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardening properties, methylene is preferred. Specific examples of the divalent branched aliphatic group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, The second butyl group, the third butyl group, etc. serve as side chain structures. The number of rings in the bivalent cyclic aliphatic group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, and 2 to 5 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Specific examples of the bivalent cyclic aliphatic group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbivalent ring, an isobornane ring, and an adamantane ring. A base obtained by removing 2 hydrogen atoms from a ring such as a ring. Among these, from the viewpoint of the rigidity of the skeleton, a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an adamantane ring is preferred.

作為二價脂肪族基可具有之取代基,可例舉:羥基;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the divalent aliphatic group may have include: hydroxyl group; alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy group and ethoxy group; nitro group; cyano group; carboxyl group and the like. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,作為二價芳香族環基,可例舉二價芳香族烴環基及二價芳香族雜環基。其碳數通常為4以上,較佳為5以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如,較佳為4~20,更佳為5~15,進而較佳為6~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, 4 to 20 are preferred, 5 to 15 are more preferred, and 6 to 10 are still more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good.

作為二價芳香族烴環基中之芳香族烴環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為二價芳香族烴環基,例如可例舉:具有2個自由原子價之苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環等之基。 又,作為二價芳香族雜環基中之芳香族雜環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為二價芳香族雜環基,例如可例舉:具有2個自由原子價之呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、㗁二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異㗁唑環、苯并異噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、㖕啉環、喹㗁啉環、啡啶環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環等之基。該等之中,就光硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為具有2個自由原子價之苯環或萘環,更佳為具有2個自由原子價之苯環。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzopyrene ring having two free atom valences, The base of ring, ternary benzene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluoranthene ring, etc. In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, and a dioxadiazole having two free atom valences. ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring , benzisisothiazole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrimidine ring, triphenylene ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, 㖕line ring, The base of quinoline ring, phenanthridine ring, phenidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of photohardenability, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring having a valency of two free atoms is preferred, and a benzene ring having a valency of two free atoms is more preferred.

作為二價芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可例舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the divalent aromatic ring group may have include hydroxyl, methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, propyl, propoxy, and the like. From the viewpoint of hardening properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,作為連結1個以上之二價脂肪族基與1個以上之二價芳香族環基而成之基,係將1個以上之上述二價脂肪族基與1個以上之上述二價芳香族環基連結而成之基。 二價脂肪族基之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為1~3,更進而較佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 二價芳香族環基之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為1~3,更進而較佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有硬化性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。Moreover, as a group which connects one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups, one or more of the above-mentioned divalent aliphatic groups and one or more of the above-mentioned divalent aromatic ring groups are used. The base formed by connecting the family ring bases. The number of divalent aliphatic groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, 1 to 3 are still more preferable, and 2 to 3 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. The number of divalent aromatic ring groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, 1 to 3 are still more preferable, and 2 to 3 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the hardenability tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, the hardenability tends to become good.

作為連結1個以上之二價脂肪族基與1個以上之二價芳香族環基而成之基的具體例,可例舉下述式(i-A)~(i-E)所表示之基等。該等之中,就顯影溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為下述式(i-A)所表示之基。化學式中之*表示鍵結鍵。Specific examples of the group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are connected include groups represented by the following formulas (i-A) to (i-E). Among these, from the viewpoint of development solubility, a group represented by the following formula (i-A) is preferred. The * in the chemical formula represents the bond.

[化11] [Chemical 11]

如上所述,式(i)中之苯環可進而經任意取代基取代。作為該取代基,例如可例舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。取代基之數量亦並無特別限定,可為1個,亦可為2個以上。 就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。As mentioned above, the benzene ring in formula (i) may be further substituted by any substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, a propoxy group, and the like. The number of substituents is not particularly limited and may be 1 or 2 or more. From the viewpoint of hardening properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,就硬化性之觀點而言,上述通式(i)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述通式(i-1)所表示之部分結構。Moreover, from the viewpoint of hardenability, the partial structure represented by the above general formula (i) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following general formula (i-1).

[化12] [Chemical 12]

式(i-1)中,Ra 及Rb 與上述式(i)者含義相同。RX 表示氫原子或多元酸殘基。*表示鍵結鍵。式(i-1)中之苯環可進而經任意取代基取代。In the formula (i-1), R a and R b have the same meaning as in the above formula (i). R X represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue. *Indicates bonding key. The benzene ring in formula (i-1) may be further substituted by any substituent.

所謂多元酸殘基係指自多元酸或其酸酐去除1個OH基所得之一價基。作為多元酸,可例舉選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸中之1種或2種以上。 該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,作為多元酸,較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸,更佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。The so-called polybasic acid residue refers to a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Examples of the polybasic acid include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and trimellitic acid. , 1 of benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, methyl hexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylene tetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobacterial acid, methyl tetrahydrophthalic acid, and biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid One or more species. Among these, from the viewpoint of patterning properties, as the polybasic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, and hexahydrophthalic acid are preferred. dicarboxylic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, more preferably tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-A)1分子中所含之上述式(i-1)所表示之部分結構可為1種亦可為2種以上,例如可混合存在RX 為氫原子者與RX 為多元酸殘基者。The partial structure represented by the above formula (i-1) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-A) may be one type or two or more types. For example, R is a hydrogen atom and R X is a polybasic acid residue.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-A)1分子中所含之上述式(i)所表示之部分結構之數量並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下。例如,較佳為1~20,更佳為3~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有硬化性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯影溶解性變得良好之傾向。In addition, the number of partial structures represented by the above formula (i) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 3. The above is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 15 or less. For example, 1 to 20 are preferred, and 3 to 15 are more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, hardenability tends to become favorable, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, the development solubility tends to become favorable.

以下例舉環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-A)之具體例。Specific examples of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-A) are given below.

[化13] [Chemical 13]

[化14] [Chemical 14]

[化15] [Chemical 15]

[化16] [Chemical 16]

(Rd ) 上述式(ii)中,Rd 表示具有環狀烴基作為側鏈之二價烴基。 作為環狀烴基,可例舉脂肪族環基或芳香族環基。(R d ) In the above formula (ii), R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain. Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.

脂肪族環基所具有之環之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為1~3,更進而較佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 又,脂肪族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如,較佳為4~40,更佳為4~30,更佳為6~20,進而較佳為6~15,更進而較佳為8~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為脂肪族環基中之脂肪族環之具體例,可例舉:環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異冰片烷環、金剛烷環等。該等之中,就可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為金剛烷環。The number of rings the aliphatic cyclic group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, 1 to 3 are still more preferable, and 2 to 3 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. In addition, the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, further preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less. For example, 4 to 40 is preferred, 4 to 30 is more preferred, 6 to 20 is more preferred, 6 to 15 is still more preferred, and 8 to 15 is still more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include: cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclodecane ring, cyclododecane ring, norbisane ring, isobornane ring, and adamantine ring. Alkane ring etc. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of reliability.

另一方面,芳香族環基所具有之環之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為4以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為1~4,更進而較佳為2~4,尤佳為3~4。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為芳香族環基,可例舉芳香族烴環基、芳香族雜環基。又,芳香族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,更進而較佳為10以上,尤佳為12以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如,較佳為4~40,更佳為6~30,進而較佳為8~20,更進而較佳為10~15,尤佳為12~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為芳香族環基中之芳香族環之具體例,可例舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環等。該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為茀環。On the other hand, the number of rings in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more The best value is below 4. For example, 1 to 10 is preferred, 1 to 5 is more preferred, 1 to 4 is still more preferred, 2 to 4 is still more preferred, and 3 to 4 is particularly preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Examples of the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. Moreover, the carbon number of the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, especially 12 or more, and preferably 40 or less, even more preferably It is 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, especially 15 or less. For example, 4 to 40 is preferred, 6 to 30 is more preferred, 8 to 20 is still more preferred, 10 to 15 is still more preferred, and 12 to 15 is particularly preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Specific examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzopyrene ring, ring, ternaryphenyl ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluoranthene ring, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of patterning characteristics, the ring is preferable.

又,具有環狀烴基作為側鏈之二價烴基中之二價烴基並無特別限定,例如可例舉:二價脂肪族基、二價芳香族環基、連結1個以上之二價脂肪族基與1個以上之二價芳香族環基而成之基。In addition, the divalent hydrocarbon group among the divalent hydrocarbon groups having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aromatic ring group, and one or more divalent aliphatic groups linked together. A base formed by a base and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups.

二價脂肪族基可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀、組合該等而成者。該等之中,就相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為直鏈狀者,另一方面,就可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為環狀者。其碳數通常為1以上,較佳為3以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為25以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為15以下。例如,較佳為1~25,更佳為3~20,進而較佳為6~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。Examples of the divalent aliphatic group include linear, branched, cyclic, and combinations thereof. Among these, linear ones are preferred from the viewpoint of compatibility, and cyclic ones are preferred from the viewpoint of reliability. The carbon number is usually 1 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 25 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 15 or less. For example, 1 to 25 is preferred, 3 to 20 is more preferred, and 6 to 15 is still more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good.

作為二價直鏈狀脂肪族基之具體例,可例舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸正丙基、伸正丁基、伸正己基、伸正庚基等。該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為亞甲基。 作為二價支鏈狀脂肪族基之具體例,可例舉於上述二價直鏈狀脂肪族基上具有甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等作為側鏈之結構。 二價環狀之脂肪族基所具有之環之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常較佳為10以下、5以下,進而較佳為3以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為1~3,更進而較佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。作為二價環狀之脂肪族基之具體例,可例舉自環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異冰片烷環、金剛烷環等環上去除2個氫原子所得之基。該等之中,就可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為自金剛烷環上去除2個氫原子所得之基。Specific examples of the divalent linear aliphatic group include methylene, ethylene, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardening properties, methylene is preferred. Specific examples of the divalent branched aliphatic group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, The second butyl group, the third butyl group, etc. serve as side chain structures. The number of rings in the bivalent cyclic aliphatic group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, 5 or less, and still more preferably 3 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, 1 to 3 are still more preferable, and 2 to 3 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Specific examples of the bivalent cyclic aliphatic group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbivalent ring, an isobornane ring, and an adamantane ring. A base obtained by removing 2 hydrogen atoms from a ring such as a ring. Among these, from the viewpoint of reliability, a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an adamantane ring is preferred.

作為可具有二價脂肪族基之取代基,可例舉:羥基;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of the substituent that may have a divalent aliphatic group include a hydroxyl group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; a nitro group; a cyano group; a carboxyl group; and the like. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,作為二價芳香族環基,可例舉二價芳香族烴環基及二價芳香族雜環基。其碳數通常為4以上,較佳為5以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為30以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為15以下。例如,較佳為4~30,更佳為5~20,進而較佳為6~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 15 or less. For example, 4 to 30 are preferable, 5 to 20 are more preferable, and 6 to 15 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good.

作為二價芳香族烴環基中之芳香族烴環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為二價芳香族烴環基,例如可例舉:具有2個自由原子價之苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環等之基。 又,作為芳香族雜環基中之芳香族雜環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為二價芳香族雜環基,例如可例舉:具有2個自由原子價之呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、㗁二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異㗁唑環、苯并異噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、㖕啉環、喹㗁啉環、啡啶環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環等之基。二價芳香族環基之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為具有2個自由原子價之苯環、萘環或茀環,更佳為具有2個自由原子價之茀環。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzopyrene ring having two free atom valences, The base of ring, ternary benzene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluoranthene ring, etc. In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, and a dioxadiazole having two free atom valences. ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring , benzisisothiazole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrimidine ring, triphenylene ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, 㖕line ring, The base of quinoline ring, phenanthridine ring, phenidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Among the divalent aromatic ring groups, from the viewpoint of patterning properties, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring or a fluorine ring having a valence of two free atoms is preferred, and a fluorine ring having a valence of two free atoms is more preferred.

作為二價芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可例舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。就顯影溶解性、耐吸濕性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the divalent aromatic ring group may have include hydroxyl, methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, propyl, propoxy, and the like. From the viewpoint of development solubility and moisture absorption resistance, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,作為連結1個以上之二價脂肪族基與1個以上之二價芳香族環基而成之基,可例舉連結1個以上之上述二價脂肪族基與1個以上之上述二價芳香族環基而成之基。 二價脂肪族基之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為1~3,更進而較佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 二價芳香族環基之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為1~3,更進而較佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。Moreover, as a group formed by linking one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups, examples of the group that link one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups can be exemplified. A base formed from a valent aromatic ring base. The number of divalent aliphatic groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, 1 to 3 are still more preferable, and 2 to 3 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. The number of divalent aromatic ring groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, 1 to 3 are still more preferable, and 2 to 3 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good.

作為連結1個以上之二價脂肪族基與1個以上之二價芳香族環基而成之基之具體例,可例舉上述式(i-A)~(i-E)所表示之基等。該等之中,就可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為上述式(i-C)所表示之基。Specific examples of the group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are connected include groups represented by the above formulas (i-A) to (i-E). Among these, from the viewpoint of reliability, the base represented by the above formula (i-C) is preferred.

相對於該等二價烴基,作為側鏈之環狀烴基之鍵結態樣並無特別限定,例如可例舉:利用該側鏈取代脂肪族基或芳香族環基之1個氫原子之態樣、或包含脂肪族基之碳原子之1個而構成作為側鏈之環狀烴基之態樣。The bonding state of the cyclic hydrocarbon group as the side chain with respect to the divalent hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited. For example, one hydrogen atom of the aliphatic group or aromatic cyclic group is replaced by the side chain. Or, it may contain one carbon atom of an aliphatic group to form a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain.

又,就相溶性之觀點而言,上述式(ii)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述式(ii-1)所表示之部分結構。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of compatibility, the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-1).

[化17] [Chemical 17]

式(ii-1)中,Rc 與上述式(ii)含義相同。Rα 表示可具有取代基之一價環狀烴基。n為1以上之整數。*表示鍵結鍵。式(ii-1)中之苯環可進而經任意取代基取代。In formula (ii-1), R c has the same meaning as in the above formula (ii). R α represents a monovalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. n is an integer above 1. *Indicates bonding key. The benzene ring in formula (ii-1) may be further substituted by any substituent.

(Rα ) 於上述式(ii-1)中,Rα 表示可具有取代基之一價環狀烴基。 作為環狀烴基,可例舉脂肪族環基或芳香族環基。(R α ) In the above formula (ii-1), R α represents a monovalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.

脂肪族環基所具有之環之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為6以下,較佳為4以下,更佳為3以下。例如,較佳為1~6,更佳為1~4,進而較佳為1~3,更進而較佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 又,脂肪族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如,較佳為4~40,更佳為4~30,進而較佳為6~20,尤佳為8~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為脂肪族環基中之脂肪族環之具體例,可例舉:環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異冰片烷環、金剛烷環等。該等之中,就相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為金剛烷環。The number of rings the aliphatic cyclic group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 6 or less, preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, 1 to 6 are preferred, 1 to 4 are more preferred, 1 to 3 are still more preferred, and 2 to 3 are even more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. In addition, the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, further preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less. For example, 4 to 40 is preferred, 4 to 30 is more preferred, 6 to 20 is further preferred, and 8 to 15 is particularly preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include: cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclodecane ring, cyclododecane ring, norbisane ring, isobornane ring, and adamantine ring. Alkane ring etc. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility.

另一方面,芳香族環基所具有之環之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為2~5,更進而較佳為3~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為芳香族環基,可例舉芳香族烴環基、芳香族雜環基,又,芳香族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為5以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為30以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為15以下。例如,較佳為4~30,更佳為5~20,進而較佳為6~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為芳香族環基中之芳香族環之具體例,可例舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、茀環等。該等之中,就可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為茀環。On the other hand, the number of rings in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, 2 to 5 are still more preferable, and 3 to 5 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Examples of the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and more preferably Preferably it is 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 15 or less. For example, 4 to 30 are preferable, 5 to 20 are more preferable, and 6 to 15 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Specific examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorine ring, and the like. Among them, from the viewpoint of reliability, Fuhuan is preferable.

作為環狀烴基可具有之取代基,可例舉:羥基、甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基等碳數1~5之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the cyclic hydrocarbon group may have include: hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, third butyl, pentyl, and isopentyl. Alkyl groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms; methoxy, ethoxy and other alkoxy groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms; nitro group; cyano group; carboxyl group, etc. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

n表示1以上之整數,較佳為2以上,又,較佳為3以下。例如,較佳為1~3,更佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 3 or less. For example, 1 to 3 are preferred, and 2 to 3 are more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good.

該等之中,就相溶性之觀點而言,Rα 較佳為一價脂肪族環基,更佳為金剛烷基。Among these, from the viewpoint of compatibility, R α is preferably a monovalent aliphatic cyclic group, and more preferably an adamantyl group.

如上所述,式(ii-1)中之苯環可進而經任意取代基取代。作為該取代基,例如可例舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。取代基之數量亦並無特別限定,可為1個,亦可為2個以上。 就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。As mentioned above, the benzene ring in formula (ii-1) may be further substituted by any substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, a propoxy group, and the like. The number of substituents is not particularly limited and may be 1 or 2 or more. From the viewpoint of patterning properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

以下例舉上述式(ii-1)所表示之部分結構之具體例。Specific examples of the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii-1) are given below.

[化18] [Chemical 18]

[化19] [Chemical 19]

[化20] [Chemistry 20]

[化21] [Chemistry 21]

[化22] [Chemistry 22]

又,就可靠性之觀點而言,上述式(ii)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述式(ii-2)所表示之部分結構。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of reliability, the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-2).

[化23] [Chemistry 23]

式(ii-2)中,Rc 與上述式(ii)含義相同。Rβ 表示可具有取代基之二價環狀烴基。*表示鍵結鍵。式(ii-2)中之苯環可進而經任意取代基取代。In formula (ii-2), R c has the same meaning as in the above formula (ii). represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. *Indicates bonding key. The benzene ring in formula (ii-2) may be further substituted by any substituent.

(Rβ ) 於上述式(ii-2)中,Rβ 表示可具有取代基之二價環狀烴基。 作為環狀烴基,可例舉脂肪族環基或芳香族環基。(R β ) In the above formula (ii-2), R β represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.

脂肪族環基所具有之環之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為2~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 又,脂肪族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為35以下,進而較佳為30以下。例如,較佳為4~40,更佳為6~35,進而較佳為8~30。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為脂肪族環基中之脂肪族環之具體例,可例舉:環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異冰片烷環、金剛烷環等。該等之中,就相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為金剛烷環。The number of rings the aliphatic cyclic group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, and 2 to 5 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Moreover, the carbon number of the aliphatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 35 or less, still more preferably 30 or less. For example, 4 to 40 are preferred, 6 to 35 are more preferred, and 8 to 30 are still more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include: cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclodecane ring, cyclododecane ring, norbisane ring, isobornane ring, and adamantine ring. Alkane ring etc. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility.

另一方面,芳香族環基所具有之環之數量並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為2~5,更進而較佳為3~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為芳香族環基,可例舉芳香族烴環基、芳香族雜環基,又,芳香族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,進而較佳為10以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如,較佳為4~40,更佳為6~30,進而較佳為8~20,尤佳為10~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性變得良好之傾向。 作為芳香族環基中之芳香族環之具體例,可例舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、茀環等。該等之中,就可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為茀環。On the other hand, the number of rings in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, 2 to 5 are still more preferable, and 3 to 5 are still more preferable. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Examples of the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and still more preferably It is 10 or more, and preferably it is 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, further preferably 20 or less, especially 15 or less. For example, 4 to 40 is preferred, 6 to 30 is more preferred, 8 to 20 is further preferred, and 10 to 15 is particularly preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, curability tends to become good. Specific examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorine ring, and the like. Among them, from the viewpoint of reliability, Fuhuan is preferable.

作為環狀烴基可具有之取代基,可例舉:羥基、甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基等碳數1~5之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the cyclic hydrocarbon group may have include: hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, third butyl, pentyl, and isopentyl. Alkyl groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms; methoxy, ethoxy and other alkoxy groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms; nitro group; cyano group; carboxyl group, etc. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

該等之中,就相溶性之觀點而言,Rβ 較佳為二價脂肪族環基,更佳為二價金剛烷環基。 另一方面,就可靠性之觀點而言,Rβ 較佳為二價芳香族環基,更佳為二價茀環基。Among them, from the viewpoint of compatibility, is preferably a divalent aliphatic ring group, and more preferably a divalent adamantane ring group. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of reliability, R β is preferably a divalent aromatic ring group, more preferably a divalent fluorocyclic group.

如上所述,式(ii-2)中之苯環可進而經任意取代基取代。作為該取代基,例如可例舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。取代基之數量亦並無特別限定,可為1個,亦可為2個以上。又,亦可經由該等取代基,連結式(ii-2)中之2個苯環。 就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。As mentioned above, the benzene ring in formula (ii-2) may be further substituted by any substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, a propoxy group, and the like. The number of substituents is not particularly limited and may be 1 or 2 or more. Moreover, two benzene rings in formula (ii-2) may be connected via these substituents. From the viewpoint of patterning properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

以下例舉上述式(ii-2)所表示之部分結構之具體例。Specific examples of the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii-2) are given below.

[化24] [Chemistry 24]

[化25] [Chemical 25]

[化26] [Chemical 26]

[化27] [Chemical 27]

另一方面,就相溶性之觀點而言,上述式(ii)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述式(ii-3)所表示之部分結構。On the other hand, from the viewpoint of compatibility, the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-3).

[化28] [Chemical 28]

式(ii-3)中,Rc 及Rd 與上述式(ii)含義相同。RZ 表示氫原子或多元酸殘基。In formula (ii-3), R c and R d have the same meanings as in the above formula (ii). R Z represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue.

所謂多元酸殘基係指自多元酸或其酸酐去除1個OH基所得之一價基。再者,可進而去除另1個OH基,與式(ii-3)所表示之其他分子中之RZ 共用,即,可經由RZ 連結複數個式(ii-3)。 作為多元酸,可例舉選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸中之1種或2種以上。 該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,作為多元酸,較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸,更佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。The so-called polybasic acid residue refers to a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Furthermore, another OH group can be removed and shared with R Z in other molecules represented by formula (ii-3), that is, multiple formulas (ii-3) can be connected via R Z. Examples of the polybasic acid include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and trimellitic acid. , 1 of benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, methyl hexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylene tetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobacterial acid, methyl tetrahydrophthalic acid, and biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid One or more species. Among these, from the viewpoint of patterning properties, as the polybasic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, and hexahydrophthalic acid are preferred. dicarboxylic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, more preferably tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-B)1分子中所含之上述式(ii-3)所表示之部分結構可為1種亦可為2種以上,例如,可混合存在RX 為氫原子者與RZ 為多元酸殘基者。The partial structure represented by the above formula (ii-3) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-B) may be one type or two or more types. For example, R may be mixed. X is a hydrogen atom and R Z is a polybasic acid residue.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂(b1-B)1分子中所含之上述式(ii)所表示之部分結構之數量並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如,較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,更佳為3~15,更進而較佳為3~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有硬化性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯影溶解性變得良好之傾向。In addition, the number of partial structures represented by the above formula (ii) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (b1-B) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 3. The above is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and still more preferably 10 or less. For example, 1 to 20 is preferred, 1 to 15 is more preferred, 3 to 15 is more preferred, and 3 to 10 is even more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, hardenability tends to become favorable, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, the development solubility tends to become favorable.

另一方面,作為(b)鹼可溶性樹脂,就與著色劑或分散劑等之相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為使用(b2)共聚樹脂。On the other hand, as (b) the alkali-soluble resin, from the viewpoint of compatibility with a colorant, a dispersant, etc., it is preferable to use (b2) copolymer resin.

<(b2)共聚樹脂> (b2)共聚樹脂只要為包含羧基或羥基之共聚樹脂,則並無特別限定,較佳為於側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基者。藉由設為具有乙烯性不飽和基者,有藉由利用曝光進行之光硬化,於顯影時不易產生由鹼性顯影液所引起之膜減少,表面粗糙度變得良好之傾向。<(b2) Copolymer resin> (b2) The copolymer resin is not particularly limited as long as it contains a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group, but one having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is preferred. By having an ethylenically unsaturated group, photohardening by exposure makes film reduction due to an alkaline developer less likely to occur during development, and surface roughness tends to become better.

(通式(I)所表示之部分結構) 於(b2)共聚樹脂於側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基之情形時,包含具有乙烯性不飽和基之側鏈之部分結構並無特別限定,就伴隨膜之柔軟性之自由基之發散容易性之觀點而言,例如較佳為具有下述通式(I)所表示之部分結構。(Partial structure represented by general formula (I)) In the case where (b2) the copolymer resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, the partial structure including the side chain having the ethylenically unsaturated group is not particularly limited, as the free radicals are easily dispersed due to the flexibility of the film. From the viewpoint of properties, for example, it is preferable to have a partial structure represented by the following general formula (I).

[化29] [Chemical 29]

式(I)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (I), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. *Indicates bonding key.

又,上述式(I)所表示之部分結構之中,就感度或鹼性顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為下述通式(I')所表示之部分結構。Moreover, among the partial structures represented by the above-mentioned formula (I), from the viewpoint of sensitivity or alkaline developability, a partial structure represented by the following general formula (I') is preferred.

[化30] [Chemical 30]

式(I')中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。RX 表示氫原子或多元酸殘基。In formula (I'), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R X represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue.

所謂多元酸殘基係指自多元酸或其酸酐去除1個OH基所得之一價基。作為多元酸,可例舉選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸中之1種或2種以上。 該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸,更佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。The so-called polybasic acid residue refers to a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Examples of the polybasic acid include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and trimellitic acid. , 1 of benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, methyl hexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylene tetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobacterial acid, methyl tetrahydrophthalic acid, and biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid One or more species. Among these, from the viewpoint of patterning properties, preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and homogeneous acid. Promellitic acid, trimellitic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, more preferably tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.

於(b2)共聚樹脂包含上述通式(I)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為30莫耳%以上,進而較佳為50莫耳%以上,更進而較佳為70莫耳%以上,尤佳為80莫耳%以上,又,較佳為98莫耳%以下,更佳為95莫耳%以下。例如,較佳為10~98莫耳%,更佳為30~98莫耳%,進而較佳為50~98莫耳%,更進而較佳為70~98莫耳%,尤佳為80~95莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有機械特性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。When the copolymer resin (b2) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I), the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and still more preferably It is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, especially 80 mol% or more, and more preferably 98 mol% or less, more preferably 95 mol% or less. For example, 10 to 98 mol% is preferred, 30 to 98 mol% is more preferred, 50 to 98 mol% is still more preferred, 70 to 98 mol% is still more preferred, and 80 to 98 mol% is particularly preferred. 95 mol%. By setting it to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, mechanical characteristics tend to be improved, and by setting it to below the above-mentioned upper limit value, residues tend to be reduced.

於(b2)共聚樹脂包含上述通式(I')所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為30莫耳%以上,進而較佳為50莫耳%以上,更進而較佳為70莫耳%以上,尤佳為80莫耳%以上,又,較佳為98莫耳%以下,更佳為95莫耳%以下。例如,較佳為10~98莫耳%,更佳為30~98莫耳%,進而較佳為50~98莫耳%,更進而較佳為70~98莫耳%,尤佳為80~95莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有鹼性顯影性或機械特性容易變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有表面粗糙度提高,殘渣減少之傾向。When the copolymer resin (b2) contains a partial structure represented by the general formula (I'), the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and further It is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, especially 80 mol% or more, and more preferably 98 mol% or less, more preferably 95 mol% or less. For example, 10 to 98 mol% is preferred, 30 to 98 mol% is more preferred, 50 to 98 mol% is still more preferred, 70 to 98 mol% is still more preferred, and 80 to 98 mol% is particularly preferred. 95 mol%. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, alkali developability and mechanical characteristics tend to become favorable easily, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, surface roughness tends to improve and residues tend to be reduced.

(通式(II)所表示之部分結構) 於(b2)共聚樹脂包含上述通式(I)所表示之部分結構之情形時,此外所含之部分結構並無特別限定,就顯影密接性之觀點而言,例如,亦較佳為具有下述通式(II)所表示之部分結構。(Partial structure represented by general formula (II)) When the copolymer resin (b2) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I), the other partial structures contained are not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of development adhesion, for example, it is also preferred to have the following Describe the partial structure represented by general formula (II).

[化31] [Chemical 31]

上述式(II)中,R3 表示氫原子或甲基,R4 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基、或可具有取代基之烯基。In the above formula (II), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 4 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aromatic ring group, or an optionally substituted alkenyl group.

(R4 ) 上述式(II)中,R4 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基、或可具有取代基之烯基。 作為R4 中之烷基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基。其碳數較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,進而較佳為5以上,尤佳為8以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,更進而較佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。例如,較佳為1~20,更佳為1~18,進而較佳為3~16,更進而較佳為5~14,尤佳為8~12。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。(R 4 ) In the above formula (II), R 4 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group in R 4 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 5 or more, especially 8 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and still more preferably 16 or less. It is more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less. For example, 1 to 20 is preferred, 1 to 18 is more preferred, 3 to 16 is still more preferred, 5 to 14 is still more preferred, and 8 to 12 is particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

作為烷基之具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、環己基、二環戊基、十二烷基等。該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為二環戊基或十二烷基,更佳為二環戊基。 又,作為烷基可具有之取代基,可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentyl, dodecyl, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, dicyclopentyl or dodecyl is preferred, and dicyclopentyl is more preferred. In addition, examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, and phenyl group. , carboxyl group, acrylyl group, methacrylyl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoglycol group are preferred.

作為R4 中之芳香族環基,可例舉一價芳香族烴環基及一價芳香族雜環基。其碳數較佳為6以上,又,較佳為24以下,更佳為22以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為18以下。例如,較佳為6~24,更佳為6~22,進而較佳為6~20,尤佳為6~18。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。 作為芳香族烴環基中之芳香族烴環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環,例如可例舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環等。 又,作為芳香族雜環基中之芳香族雜環基,可為單環,亦可為縮合環,例如可例舉:呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、㗁二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異㗁唑環、苯并異噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、㖕啉環、喹㗁啉環、啡啶環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環等。該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為苯環、或萘環,更佳為苯環。 又,作為芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。Examples of the aromatic ring group in R 4 include a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 24 or less, more preferably 22 or less, further preferably 20 or less, especially 18 or less. For example, 6 to 24 are preferred, 6 to 22 are more preferred, 6 to 20 are further preferred, and 6 to 18 are particularly preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the development adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, the residue tends to reduce. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group can be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzopyrene ring, ring, ternaryphenyl ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluoranthene ring, etc. In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic group among the aromatic heterocyclic groups may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples thereof include: furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, and pyrrole ring. , pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, dioxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole Ring, furanofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzisisothiazole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, trisulfazone ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, azoline ring, quinoline ring, phenanthridine ring, phenidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferred, and a benzene ring is more preferred. Examples of substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, chlorine, bromo, fluoro, hydroxyl, amino, and epoxy. group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group, etc., and from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R4 中之烯基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烯基。其碳數較佳為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,更進而較佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。例如,較佳為2~22,更佳為2~20,進而較佳為2~18,更進而較佳為2~16,尤佳為2~14。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkenyl group in R 4 include linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. For example, 2 to 22 are preferred, 2 to 20 are more preferred, 2 to 18 are still more preferred, 2 to 16 are still more preferred, and 2 to 14 are particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

又,作為烯基可具有之取代基,可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of substituents that the alkenyl group may have include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, chlorine, bromo, fluoro, hydroxyl, amino, epoxy, Among the oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

如此,R4 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之烯基,該等之中,就顯影性與膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為烷基或烯基,更佳為烷基。In this way, R 4 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability and film strength, an alkyl group is preferred. group or alkenyl group, more preferably alkyl group.

於(b2)共聚樹脂包含上述通式(II)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為0.1莫耳%以上,更佳為0.5莫耳%以上,進而較佳為1莫耳%以上,又,較佳為70莫耳%以下,更佳為50莫耳%以下,進而較佳為30莫耳%以下,尤佳為10莫耳%以下。例如,較佳為0.1~70莫耳%,更佳為0.1~50莫耳%,進而較佳為0.5~30莫耳%,尤佳為1~10莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。When the copolymer resin (b2) contains a partial structure represented by the general formula (II), the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mol% or more, more preferably 0.5 mol% or more, and still more preferably It is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, further preferably 30 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 10 mol% or less. For example, it is preferably 0.1 to 70 mol%, more preferably 0.1 to 50 mol%, further preferably 0.5 to 30 mol%, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 mol%. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

(通式(III)所表示之部分結構) 於(b2)共聚樹脂包含上述通式(I)所表示之部分結構之情形時,作為此外所含之部分結構,就耐熱性、膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為包含下述通式(III)所表示之部分結構。(Partial structure represented by general formula (III)) When the copolymer resin (b2) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I), the additional partial structure preferably contains the following general formula (I) from the viewpoint of heat resistance and film strength. III) Partial structure represented.

[化32] [Chemical 32]

上述式(III)中,R5 表示氫原子或甲基,R6 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、可具有取代基之烷氧基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之烷基硫醚基。t表示0~5之整數。In the above formula (III), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 6 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or a halogen atom, An alkoxy group, a thiol group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl sulfide group which may have a substituent. t represents an integer from 0 to 5.

(R6 ) 上述式(III)中R6 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、可具有取代基之烷氧基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之烷基硫醚基。 作為R6 中之烷基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基。其碳數較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,進而較佳為5以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,更進而較佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。例如,較佳為1~20,更佳為3~18,進而較佳為3~16,更進而較佳為5~14,尤佳為5~12。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。(R 6 ) In the above formula (III), R 6 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an alkynyl group which may have a substituent, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Oxygen group, thiol group, or alkyl sulfide group which may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less. , especially preferably below 12. For example, 1 to 20 are preferred, 3 to 18 are more preferred, 3 to 16 are still more preferred, 5 to 14 are still more preferred, and 5 to 12 are particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

作為烷基之具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、環己基、二環戊基、十二烷基等。該等之中,就顯影性與表面粗糙度之觀點而言,較佳為二環戊基或十二烷基,更佳為二環戊基。 又,作為烷基可具有之取代基,可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentyl, dodecyl, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability and surface roughness, dicyclopentyl or dodecyl is preferred, and dicyclopentyl is more preferred. In addition, examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, and phenyl group. , carboxyl group, acrylyl group, methacrylyl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoglycol group are preferred.

作為R6 中之烯基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烯基。其碳數較佳為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,更進而較佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。例如,較佳為2~22,更佳為2~20,進而較佳為2~18,更進而較佳為2~16,尤佳為2~14。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkenyl group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. For example, 2 to 22 are preferred, 2 to 20 are more preferred, 2 to 18 are still more preferred, 2 to 16 are still more preferred, and 2 to 14 are particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

又,作為烯基可具有之取代基,可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of substituents that the alkenyl group may have include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, chlorine, bromo, fluoro, hydroxyl, amino, epoxy, Among the oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R6 中之炔基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之炔基。其碳數較佳為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,更進而較佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。例如,較佳為2~22,更佳為2~20,進而較佳為2~18,更進而較佳為2~16,尤佳為2~14。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkynyl group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkynyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. For example, 2 to 22 are preferred, 2 to 20 are more preferred, 2 to 18 are still more preferred, 2 to 16 are still more preferred, and 2 to 14 are particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

又,作為炔基可具有之取代基,可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of substituents that the alkynyl group may have include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, chlorine, bromo, fluoro, hydroxyl, amino, and epoxy groups. Among the oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R6 中之鹵素原子,可例舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,該等之中,就撥油墨性之觀點而言,較佳為氟原子。Examples of the halogen atom in R 6 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Among these, a fluorine atom is preferred from the viewpoint of ink repellency.

作為R6 中之烷氧基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷氧基。其碳數較佳為1以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,更進而較佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。例如,較佳為1~20,更佳為1~18,進而較佳為1~16,更進而較佳為1~14,尤佳為1~12。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkoxy group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy groups. The carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less. For example, 1 to 20 is preferred, 1 to 18 is more preferred, 1 to 16 is still more preferred, 1 to 14 is still more preferred, and 1 to 12 is particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

又,作為烷氧基可具有之取代基,可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of substituents that the alkoxy group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, benzene group group, carboxyl group, acrylyl group, methacrylyl group, etc., and from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R6 中之烷基硫醚基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基硫醚基。其碳數較佳為1以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,更進而較佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。例如,較佳為1~20,更佳為1~18,進而較佳為1~16,更進而較佳為1~14,尤佳為1~12。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkyl sulfide group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl sulfide groups. The carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less. For example, 1 to 20 is preferred, 1 to 18 is more preferred, 1 to 16 is still more preferred, 1 to 14 is still more preferred, and 1 to 12 is particularly preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

又,作為烷基硫醚基中之烷基可具有之取代基,可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of the substituents that the alkyl group in the alkyl sulfide group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromine group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group, Glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group, acrylyl group, methacrylyl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoglycol group are preferred.

如此,R6 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、烷氧基、羥基烷基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之烷基硫醚基,該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基或羧基,更佳為羧基。Thus, R 6 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, or an optionally substituted alkyl group. Among the alkyl sulfide groups having a substituent, from the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group is preferred, and a carboxyl group is more preferred.

於上述式(III)中,t表示0~5之整數,就合成容易性之觀點而言,t較佳為0。In the above formula (III), t represents an integer from 0 to 5, and from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, t is preferably 0.

於(b2)共聚樹脂包含上述通式(III)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為0.5莫耳%以上,更佳為1莫耳%以上,進而較佳為2莫耳%以上。又,較佳為50莫耳%以下,更佳為30莫耳%以下,進而較佳為20莫耳%以下,更佳為10莫耳%以下。例如,較佳為0.5~50莫耳%,更佳為1~30莫耳%,進而較佳為1~20莫耳%,更佳為2~10莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。When the copolymer resin (b2) contains a partial structure represented by the general formula (III), the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 mol% or more, more preferably 1 mol% or more, and further preferably Preferably, it is more than 2 mol%. Moreover, it is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less, further preferably 20 mol% or less, more preferably 10 mol% or less. For example, 0.5 to 50 mol% is preferred, 1 to 30 mol% is more preferred, 1 to 20 mol% is more preferred, and 2 to 10 mol% is more preferred. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, surface roughness tends to increase, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, residues tend to decrease.

(通式(IV)所表示之部分結構) 於(b2)共聚樹脂具有上述通式(I)所表示之部分結構之情形時,作為此外所含之部分結構,就顯影性之觀點而言,亦較佳為具有下述通式(IV)所表示之部分結構。(Partial structure represented by general formula (IV)) When the copolymer resin (b2) has a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I), it is also preferable that the other partial structure has the following general formula (IV) from the viewpoint of developability part of the structure represented.

[化33] [Chemical 33]

上述式(IV)中,R7 表示氫原子或甲基。In the above formula (IV), R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

於(b2)共聚樹脂包含上述通式(IV)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為20莫耳%以上,又,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下,進而較佳為60%莫耳以下。例如,較佳為5~80莫耳%,更佳為10~70莫耳%,進而較佳為20~60%莫耳。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向。When the copolymer resin (b2) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (IV), the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and still more preferably It is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and still more preferably 60 mol% or less. For example, 5 to 80 mol% is preferred, 10 to 70 mol% is more preferred, and 20 to 60 mol% is still more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, surface roughness tends to improve.

另一方面,(b2)共聚樹脂之酸值並無特別限定,較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為15 mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為20 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為120 mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為100 mgKOH/g以下,更進而較佳為50 mgKOH/g以下。例如,較佳為10~150 mgKOH/g,更佳為10~120 mgKOH/g,進而較佳為15~100 mgKOH/g,更進而較佳為20~50 mgKOH/g。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向。On the other hand, the acid value of the copolymer resin (b2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 15 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or less. For example, 10 to 150 mgKOH/g is preferred, 10 to 120 mgKOH/g is more preferred, 15 to 100 mgKOH/g is more preferred, and 20 to 50 mgKOH/g is still more preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, surface roughness tends to improve.

(b2)共聚樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)並無特別限定,通常為1000以上,較佳為2000以上,更佳為4000以上,進而較佳為6000以上,更佳為7000以上,尤佳為8000以上,又,通常為30000以下,較佳為20000以下,更佳為15000以下,進而較佳為10000以下。例如,較佳為1000~20000,更佳為2000~20000,進而較佳為4000~15000,更進而較佳為6000~15000,尤佳為7000~10000,尤佳為8000~10000。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯影性變得良好之傾向。(b2) The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is usually 1,000 or more, preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 4,000 or more, further preferably 6,000 or more, more preferably 7,000 or more, particularly preferably 8,000 or more, and usually 30,000 or less, preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 15,000 or less, further preferably 10,000 or less. For example, 1000 to 20000 is preferred, 2000 to 20000 is more preferred, 4000 to 15000 is further preferred, 6000 to 15000 is still more preferred, 7000 to 10000 is particularly preferred, and 8000 to 10000 is particularly preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, surface roughness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, developability tends to become good.

(b2)共聚樹脂之雙鍵當量並無特別限定,較佳為500以下,更佳為400以下,進而較佳為350以下,尤佳為300以下,又,較佳為100以上,更佳為150以上,進而較佳為180以上,尤佳為200以上。例如,較佳為100~500,更佳為150~400,進而較佳為180~350,尤佳為200~300。藉由設為上述上限值以下,有機械特性或表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述下限值以上,有保存穩定性提高之傾向。(b2) The double bond equivalent of the copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 500 or less, more preferably 400 or less, further preferably 350 or less, particularly preferably 300 or less, and more preferably 100 or more, more preferably 150 or more, more preferably 180 or more, especially 200 or more. For example, 100 to 500 is preferred, 150 to 400 is more preferred, 180 to 350 is further preferred, and 200 to 300 is particularly preferred. By setting the value below the upper limit, mechanical properties and surface roughness tend to be improved, and by setting it above the lower limit, storage stability tends to be improved.

再者,作為(b2)共聚樹脂之具體例,例如可例舉日本專利特開平8-297366號公報或日本專利特開2001-89533號公報中所記載之樹脂。Specific examples of the copolymer resin (b2) include resins described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-297366 or Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-89533.

<(c)光聚合起始劑> (c)光聚合起始劑係具有直接吸收光而引起分解反應或奪氫反應,從而產生聚合活性自由基之功能之成分。視需要可添加聚合促進劑(鏈轉移劑)、增感色素等加成劑而使用。 作為光聚合起始劑,例如可例舉:日本專利特開昭59-152396號公報、日本專利特開昭61-151197號公報中所記載之包含二茂鈦化合物之茂金屬化合物;日本專利特開2000-56118號公報中所記載之六芳基聯咪唑衍生物;日本專利特開平10-39503號公報記載之鹵甲基化㗁二唑衍生物、鹵甲基均三𠯤衍生物、N-苯基甘胺酸等N-芳基-α-胺基酸類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸鹽類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸酯類等自由基活性劑、α-胺基烷基苯酮衍生物;日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特開2006-36750號公報等中所記載之肟酯系化合物等。<(c) Photopolymerization initiator> (c) Photopolymerization initiator is a component that has the function of directly absorbing light to cause decomposition reaction or hydrogen abstraction reaction, thereby generating polymerization active free radicals. If necessary, additives such as a polymerization accelerator (chain transfer agent) and a sensitizing dye can be added and used. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include metallocene compounds including titanocene compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 59-152396 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 61-151197; Hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-56118; halomethylated tetrazole derivatives, halomethyl mesostris derivatives, N- Free radical active agents such as phenylglycine and other N-aryl-α-amino acids, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N-aryl-α-amino acid esters, α- Aminoalkylphenone derivatives; oxime ester compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-36750, etc.

作為光聚合起始劑,就提高機械特性與表面粗糙度之觀點而言,尤佳為六芳基聯咪唑化合物。As a photopolymerization initiator, from the viewpoint of improving mechanical properties and surface roughness, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound is particularly preferred.

作為六芳基聯咪唑化合物,就機械特性之觀點而言,較佳為下述通式(1-1)及/或下述通式(1-2)所表示之六芳基聯咪唑系光自由基起始劑。As the hexaarylbiimidazole compound, from the viewpoint of mechanical properties, a hexaarylbiimidazole-based compound represented by the following general formula (1-1) and/or the following general formula (1-2) is preferred. Free radical initiator.

[化34] [Chemical 34]

上述式中,R1 ~R3 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之碳數1~4之烷基、可具有取代基之碳數1~4之烷氧基、或鹵素原子,l、m及n分別獨立地表示0~5之整數。In the above formula, R 1 to R 3 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a halogen atom, l, m and n each independently represents an integer from 0 to 5.

若R1 ~R3 之烷基之碳數為1~4之範圍內,則並無特別限定,就機械特性之觀點而言,較佳為3以下,更佳為2以下。烷基可為鏈狀者,亦可為環狀者。作為烷基之具體例,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基,其中較佳為甲基、乙基。作為R1 ~R3 之碳數1~4之烷基可具有之取代基,可使用除氫以外之一價非金屬原子團之基,作為較佳之例,可例舉:鹵素原子(-F、-Br、-Cl、-I)、羥基、烷氧基。It is not particularly limited as long as the carbon number of the alkyl group of R 1 to R 3 is in the range of 1 to 4. From the viewpoint of mechanical properties, it is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less. The alkyl group may be chain-shaped or cyclic. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl and isopropyl, of which methyl and ethyl are preferred. As the substituent that the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 may have, a group of a monovalent non-metal atomic group other than hydrogen can be used. Preferable examples include: halogen atom (-F, -Br, -Cl, -I), hydroxyl, alkoxy.

又,若R1 ~R3 之烷氧基之碳數為1~4之範圍內,則並無特別限定,就錐角增大之觀點而言,較佳為3以下,更佳為2以下。烷氧基之烷基部分可為鏈狀者,亦可為環狀者。所謂烷氧基之具體例,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基,其中較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基。作為R1 ~R3 之碳數1~4之烷氧基可具有之取代基,可例舉:烷基、烷氧基,較佳為烷基。Moreover, if the carbon number of the alkoxy group of R 1 to R 3 is in the range of 1 to 4, it is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of increasing the taper angle, it is preferably 3 or less, and more preferably 2 or less. . The alkyl part of the alkoxy group may be chain-shaped or cyclic. Specific examples of the alkoxy group include, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, and a butoxy group. Among them, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are preferred. Examples of substituents that the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 may have include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group, and an alkyl group is preferred.

又,所謂R1 ~R3 之鹵素原子,例如可例舉:氯原子、碘原子、溴原子、氟原子,其中,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為氯原子或氟原子,更佳為氯原子。 該等之中,就感度或合成容易性之觀點而言,R1 ~R3 分別獨立地較佳為鹵素原子,更佳為氯原子。Moreover, the halogen atom of R 1 to R 3 may be, for example, a chlorine atom, an iodine atom, a bromine atom, or a fluorine atom. Among them, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferred, and more preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom. Preferably it is a chlorine atom. Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity or ease of synthesis, R 1 to R 3 are each independently preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom.

m、n及l分別獨立地表示0~5之整數,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為m、n及l之至少2個為1以上之整數,更佳為m、n及l中之任2個為1,且剩餘之1個為0。m, n, and l each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, at least two of m, n, and l are preferably integers of 1 or more, and more preferably m, n, and l Any 2 of them are 1, and the remaining 1 is 0.

作為通式(1-1)及/或通式(1-2)所表示之六芳基聯咪唑化合物,例如可例舉:2,2'-雙(鄰氯苯基)-4,5,4',5'-四苯基聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(鄰甲基苯基)-4,5,4',5'-四苯基聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(鄰氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(鄰,對二氯苯基)聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(鄰,對二氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(鄰,對二氯苯基)聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(鄰氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(對氟苯基)聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(鄰氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(鄰,對二溴苯基)聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(鄰溴苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(鄰,對二氯苯基)聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(鄰氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(對氯萘基)聯咪唑等。其中,較佳為六苯基聯咪唑化合物,進而較佳為鍵結於其咪唑環上之2,2'-位之苯環之鄰位經甲基、甲氧基、或鹵素原子取代者,較佳為鍵結於其咪唑環上之4,4',5,5'-位之苯環未經取代、或經鹵素原子或甲氧基取代者等。Examples of the hexaarylbimidazole compound represented by the general formula (1-1) and/or the general formula (1-2) include: 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5, 4',5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-methylphenyl)-4,5,4',5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-methylphenyl) Chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(o,p-dichlorophenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o,p-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5 ,5'-tetrakis(o,p-dichlorophenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(p-fluorophenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(o,p-dibromophenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-bromophenyl)-4 ,4',5,5'-tetrakis(o,p-dichlorophenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(p-chloronaphthalene) base) biimidazole, etc. Among them, a hexaphenylbiimidazole compound is preferred, and the ortho-position of the benzene ring at the 2,2'-position bonded to the imidazole ring is substituted by a methyl group, a methoxy group, or a halogen atom. Preferably, the benzene ring bonded to the 4,4', 5,5'-position of the imidazole ring is unsubstituted or substituted with a halogen atom or a methoxy group.

作為(c)光聚合起始劑,可使用通式(1-1)所表示之六芳基聯咪唑化合物與通式(1-2)所表示之六芳基聯咪唑化合物中之任一者,亦可併用兩者。於併用之情形時,其比率並無特別限定。As (c) the photopolymerization initiator, either a hexaarylbiimidazole compound represented by the general formula (1-1) or a hexaarylbimidazole compound represented by the general formula (1-2) can be used. , or both can be used together. In the case of combined use, the ratio is not particularly limited.

又,作為二茂鈦衍生物類,可例舉:二環戊二烯基二氯化鈦、二環戊二烯基二苯基鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,3,5,6-四氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,4,6-三氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,4-二氟苯基)鈦、二(甲基環戊二烯基)雙(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯基)鈦、二(甲基環戊二烯基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基[2,6-二氟-3-(吡咯-1-基)苯基]鈦等。Furthermore, examples of titanocene derivatives include: dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl titanium diphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl bis(2,3,4, 5,6-pentafluorophenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,4,6-trifluoro Phenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,4-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(methylcyclopentadienyl) Alkenyl)bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl)titanium, bis(methylcyclopentadienyl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadiene [2,6-difluoro-3-(pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl]titanium, etc.

又,作為鹵甲基化㗁二唑衍生物類,可例舉:2-三氯甲基-5-(2'-苯并呋喃基)-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2'-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基]-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2'-(6''-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基)]-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-呋喃基-1,3,4-㗁二唑等。In addition, examples of halomethylated ethadiazole derivatives include: 2-trichloromethyl-5-(2'-benzofuranyl)-1,3,4-ethadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl Chloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-benzofuranyl)vinyl]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-(6 ''-benzofuranyl)vinyl)]-1,3,4-ethadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-furyl-1,3,4-ethadiazole, etc.

又,作為鹵甲基均三𠯤衍生物類,可例舉:2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-(4-甲氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-(4-乙氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-(4-乙氧基羰基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤等。Furthermore, examples of halomethyl mesosine derivatives include: 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) mesosine, 2-(4-methyl Oxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)strisene, 2-(4-ethoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)strisone, 2- (4-Ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)trisene, etc.

又,作為α-胺基烷基苯酮衍生物類,可例舉:2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮、4-二甲基胺基乙基苯甲酸酯、4-二甲基胺基異戊基苯甲酸酯、4-二乙基胺基苯乙酮、4-二甲基胺基苯丙酮、2-乙基己基-1,4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸酯、2,5-雙(4-二乙基胺基亞苄基)環己酮、7-二乙基胺基-3-(4-二乙基胺基苯甲醯基)香豆素、4-(二乙基胺基)查耳酮等。Examples of α-aminoalkylphenone derivatives include: 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinylpropan-1-one, 2 -Benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)butan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholine phenyl)butan-1-one, 4-dimethylaminoethylbenzoate, 4-dimethylaminoisoamylbenzoate, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone , 4-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 2-ethylhexyl-1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis(4-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexan ketone, 7-diethylamino-3-(4-diethylaminobenzoyl)coumarin, 4-(diethylamino)chalcone, etc.

作為肟酯系化合物,例如可例舉下述通式(IV)所表示之化合物。Examples of the oxime ester compound include compounds represented by the following general formula (IV).

[化35] [Chemical 35]

上述式(IV)中,R21a 表示氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 R21b 表示包含芳香環之任意取代基。 R22a 表示可具有取代基之烷醯基、或可具有取代基之芳醯基。 n表示0或1之整數。In the above formula (IV), R 21a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. R 21b represents any substituent containing an aromatic ring. R 22a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent. n represents an integer of 0 or 1.

R21a 中之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,就於溶劑中之溶解性或感度之觀點而言,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為20以下,較佳為15以下,更佳為10以下。例如,較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而較佳為1~10,更進而較佳為2~10。作為烷基之具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、環戊基乙基、丙基等。 作為烷基可具有之取代基,可例舉:芳香族環基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、4-(2-甲氧基-1-甲基)乙氧基-2-甲基苯基或N-乙醯-N-乙醯氧基胺基等,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 21a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility or sensitivity in a solvent, it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15. below, preferably below 10. For example, 1 to 20 is preferable, 1 to 15 is more preferable, 1 to 10 is still more preferable, and 2 to 10 is still more preferable. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopentylethyl, propyl, and the like. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include aromatic ring groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, amino groups, amide groups, and 4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl)ethoxy- A 2-methylphenyl group or an N-acetyl-N-acetyloxyamine group is preferably unsubstituted from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.

作為R21a 中之芳香族環基,可例舉芳香族烴環基及芳香族雜環基。芳香族環基之碳數並無特別限定,就對感光性著色組合物之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為5以上。又,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為30以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為12以下。例如,較佳為5~30,更佳為5~20,進而較佳為5~12。Examples of the aromatic ring group in R 21a include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the solubility of the photosensitive coloring composition, it is preferably 5 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 12 or less. For example, 5 to 30 are preferable, 5 to 20 are more preferable, and 5 to 12 are still more preferable.

作為芳香族環基之具體例,可例舉:苯基、萘基、吡啶基、呋喃基等,該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。 作為芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可例舉:羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、烷基、烷氧基、該等取代基連結而成之基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為烷基、烷氧基、該等連結而成之基,更佳為連結之烷氧基。 該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,R21a 較佳為可具有取代基之芳香族環基,進而較佳為於取代基上具有連結之烷氧基之芳香族環基。Specific examples of the aromatic ring group include phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, furyl, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, phenyl or naphthyl is preferred, and more preferred is phenyl. Examples of substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include: hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, halogen atom, amine group, amide group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, a group formed by linking these substituents, etc., in terms of developability From the viewpoint of this, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a linked group of these is preferred, and a linked alkoxy group is more preferred. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, R 21a is preferably an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, and more preferably an aromatic ring group which has an alkoxy group linked to the substituent.

又,作為R21b ,較佳為可例舉:可經取代之咔唑基、可經取代之9-氧硫𠮿基或可經取代之二苯硫醚基。該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為可經取代之咔唑基。Moreover, as R 21b , preferred examples include: optionally substituted carbazolyl group, optionally substituted 9-oxosulfanyl group group or optionally substituted diphenyl sulfide group. Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, an optionally substituted carbazolyl group is preferred.

又,R22a 中之烷醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就於溶劑中之溶解性或感度之觀點而言,通常為2以上,較佳為3以上,又,通常為20以下,較佳為15以下,更佳為10以下,進而較佳為5以下。例如,較佳為2~20,更佳為2~15,進而較佳為2~10,更進而較佳為2~5,尤佳為3~5。作為烷醯基之具體例,可例舉:乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基等。 作為烷醯基可具有之取代基,可例舉:芳香族環基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基等,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。In addition, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility or sensitivity in a solvent, it is usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 3 or more. Preferably it is 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably 5 or less. For example, 2 to 20 is preferred, 2 to 15 is more preferred, 2 to 10 is still more preferred, 2 to 5 is still more preferred, and 3 to 5 is particularly preferred. Specific examples of the alkyl group include an acetyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and the like. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include aromatic ring groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, amino groups, amide groups, and the like. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted groups are preferred.

又,R22a 中之芳醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就於溶劑中之溶解性或感度之觀點而言,通常為7以上,較佳為8以上,又,通常為20以下,較佳為15以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如,較佳為7~20,更佳為7~15,進而較佳為7~12,更進而較佳為8~12。作為芳醯基之具體例,可例舉苯甲醯基、萘甲醯基等。 作為芳醯基可具有之取代基,可例舉:羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、烷基等,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,R22a 較佳為可具有取代基之烷醯基,更佳為未經取代之烷醯基,進而較佳為乙醯基。In addition, the number of carbon atoms of the arylide group in R 22a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility or sensitivity in a solvent, it is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 8 or more. Preferably it is 15 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, 7 to 20 are preferable, 7 to 15 are more preferable, 7 to 12 are still more preferable, and 8 to 12 are still more preferable. Specific examples of the arylyl group include benzyl group, naphthoyl group, and the like. Examples of substituents that the aryl group may have include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, a amide group, an alkyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted groups are preferred. Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 22a is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group, and still more preferably an acetyl group.

又,就減少由著色劑所引起之液晶層之污染之方面而言,亦可適宜地使用日本專利特開2016-133574號公報中所記載之起始劑。In addition, in terms of reducing contamination of the liquid crystal layer caused by the colorant, the initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-133574 can also be suitably used.

光聚合起始劑可單獨使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上而使用。 於光聚合起始劑中,為了提高感應感度,視需要可調配與圖像曝光之光源之波長相對應之增感色素、聚合促進劑。作為增感色素,可例舉:日本專利特開平4-221958號公報、日本專利特開平4-219756號公報中所記載之𠮿色素、日本專利特開平3-239703號公報、日本專利特開平5-289335號公報中所記載之具有雜環之香豆素色素、日本專利特開平3-239703號公報、日本專利特開平5-289335號公報中所記載之3-酮香豆素化合物、日本專利特開平6-19240號公報中所記載之吡咯亞甲基色素、此外之日本專利特開昭47-2528號公報、日本專利特開昭54-155292號公報、日本專利特公昭45-37377號公報、日本專利特開昭48-84183號公報、日本專利特開昭52-112681號公報、日本專利特開昭58-15503號公報、日本專利特開昭60-88005號公報、日本專利特開昭59-56403號公報、日本專利特開平2-69號公報、日本專利特開昭57-168088號公報、日本專利特開平5-107761號公報、日本專利特開平5-210240號公報、日本專利特開平4-288818號公報中所記載之具有二烷基胺基苯骨架之色素等。A photopolymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. In the photopolymerization initiator, in order to improve the sensitivity, a sensitizing pigment and a polymerization accelerator corresponding to the wavelength of the light source for image exposure can be blended as needed. Examples of sensitizing dyes include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-221958 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-219756. Pigments, coumarin pigments having a heterocyclic ring described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-239703 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-289335, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-239703, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-289335 The 3-ketocoumarin compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 289335, the pyrromethene pigment described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-19240, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 47-2528, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 47-2528, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-155292, Japanese Patent Publication No. 45-37377, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-84183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-112681, Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-15503 , Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 60-88005, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 59-56403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-69, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 57-168088, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5- Pigments having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 107761, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-210240, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 4-288818.

該等增感色素之中,較佳者為含胺基之增感色素,進而較佳者為於同一分子內具有胺基及苯基之化合物。尤佳者例如為4,4'-二甲基胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二乙基胺基二苯甲酮、2-胺基二苯甲酮、4-胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4-二胺基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二乙基胺基苯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并[4,5]苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并[6,7]苯并㗁唑、2,5-雙(對二乙基胺基苯基)-1,3,4-㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二乙基胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2-(對二乙基胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2,5-雙(對二乙基胺基苯基)-1,3,4-噻二唑、(對二甲基胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二乙基胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二甲基胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二乙基胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二甲基胺基苯基)嘧啶、(對二乙基胺基苯基)嘧啶等含對二烷基胺基苯基之化合物等。其中最佳者為4,4'-二烷基胺基二苯甲酮。 又,增感色素可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Among these sensitizing dyes, a sensitizing dye containing an amine group is preferred, and a compound having an amine group and a phenyl group in the same molecule is more preferred. Particularly preferred ones are 4,4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone, 2-aminobenzophenone, and 4-aminodiphenyl Methyl ketone, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4-diaminobenzophenone and other benzophenone compounds; 2- (p-Dimethylaminophenyl)benzoethazole, 2-(p-Dimethylaminophenyl)benzoethazole, 2-(p-Dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[4,5 ]benzoethazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[6,7]benzoethazole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl)-1,3, 4-Ozole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole imidazole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzimidazole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole, (p-dimethyl Aminophenyl)pyridine, (p-diethylaminophenyl)pyridine, (p-dimethylaminophenyl)quinoline, (p-diethylaminophenyl)quinoline, (p-dimethyl Aminophenyl)pyrimidine, (p-diethylaminophenyl)pyrimidine and other compounds containing p-dialkylaminophenyl, etc. The best one is 4,4'-dialkylaminobenzophenone. In addition, one type of sensitizing dye may be used alone, or two or more types of sensitizing dyes may be used in combination.

作為聚合促進劑,例如可使用對二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、苯甲酸2-二甲基胺基乙酯等芳香族胺、正丁基胺、N-甲基二乙醇胺等脂肪族胺、下述巰基化合物等。聚合促進劑可單獨使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上而使用。Examples of polymerization accelerators that can be used include aromatic amines such as p-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate and 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, and aliphatic amines such as n-butylamine and N-methyldiethanolamine. , the following mercapto compounds, etc. A polymerization accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

<(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物> 本發明之感光性著色組合物包含(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物。藉由包含(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物,感度提高。 本發明中所使用之乙烯性不飽和化合物為分子內具有至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。具體而言,例如可例舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯、及具有1個乙烯性不飽和鍵之羧酸與多元或1元醇之單酯等。<(d) Ethylenically unsaturated compounds> The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. By including (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, the sensitivity is improved. The ethylenically unsaturated compound used in the present invention is a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include: (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester, acrylonitrile, styrene, and monovalent carboxylic acids having one ethylenically unsaturated bond and polyvalent or monovalent alcohols. Ester etc.

於本發明中,尤其理想的是使用1分子中具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基之多官能乙烯性單體。多官能乙烯性單體所具有之乙烯性不飽和基之數量並無特別限定,通常為2個以上,較佳為4個以上,更佳為5個以上,又,較佳為8個以下,更佳為7個以下。例如,較佳為2~8個,更佳為4~8個,進而較佳為4~7個,更進而較佳為5~7個。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有成為高感度之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有於溶劑中之溶解性提高之傾向。 作為多官能乙烯性單體之例,例如可例舉:脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;芳香族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;藉由脂肪族多羥基化合物、芳香族多羥基化合物等多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸及多元性羧酸之酯化反應而獲得之酯等。In the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use a polyfunctional vinyl monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups per molecule. The number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in the multifunctional ethylenic monomer is not particularly limited, but is usually 2 or more, preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 8 or less, It is better to have less than 7. For example, 2 to 8 are preferred, 4 to 8 are more preferred, 4 to 7 are still more preferred, and 5 to 7 are even more preferred. By setting the value above the lower limit, the sensitivity tends to be high, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the solubility in the solvent tends to be improved. Examples of polyfunctional vinyl monomers include: esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; Esters obtained by the esterification reaction of polyhydroxy compounds such as polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids and polycarboxylic acids.

作為上述脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,可例舉:乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、甘油丙烯酸酯等脂肪族多羥基化合物之丙烯酸酯、將該等例示化合物之丙烯酸酯替換成甲基丙烯酸酯所得之甲基丙烯酸酯、同樣地替換成伊康酸酯所得之伊康酸酯、替換成丁烯酸所得之丁烯酸酯或者替換成馬來酸酯所得之順丁烯二酸酯等。Examples of esters of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and unsaturated carboxylic acid include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, and trimethylolethane triacrylate. Acrylic esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds such as acrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, glyceryl acrylate, etc. The acrylic acid ester of these exemplary compounds is replaced with methacrylic acid ester, the same is obtained by replacing itonic acid ester, the crotonic acid ester is replaced with crotonic acid, or the methyl ester is replaced with methacrylic acid ester. Maleic acid esters derived from esters of acid, etc.

作為芳香族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,可例舉:對苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、對苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、鄰苯三酚三丙烯酸酯等芳香族多羥基化合物之丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯等。Examples of esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, and resorcin dimethacrylate. Acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds such as pyrogallol acrylate and pyrogallol triacrylate.

作為藉由多元性羧酸及不飽和羧酸與多羥基化合物之酯化反應而獲得之酯,未必為單一物,若例舉代表性具體例,則可例舉:丙烯酸、鄰苯二甲酸、及乙二醇之縮合物;丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸、及二乙二醇之縮合物;甲基丙烯酸、對苯二甲酸及季戊四醇之縮合物;丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇及甘油之縮合物等。The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of a polycarboxylic acid and an unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyhydroxy compound is not necessarily a single substance. If specific representative examples are given, acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and the condensate of ethylene glycol; the condensate of acrylic acid, maleic acid, and diethylene glycol; the condensate of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid, and pentaerythritol; acrylic acid, adipic acid, butylene glycol, and glycerin The condensate, etc.

除此以外,作為本發明中所使用之多官能乙烯性單體之例,較有用的是如使聚異氰酸酯化合物與含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯反應、或使聚異氰酸酯化合物與多元醇及含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯反應而獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類;如多價環氧化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥酯或(甲基)丙烯酸之加成反應物之環氧丙烯酸酯類;伸乙基雙丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺類;鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯等烯丙基酯類;鄰苯二甲酸二乙烯酯等含乙烯基之化合物等。In addition, as examples of the polyfunctional vinyl monomer used in the present invention, more useful examples include reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate, or reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a polyol and (Meth)acrylic urethanes obtained by reacting hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates; such as addition reactants of multivalent epoxy compounds and (meth)acrylic acid hydroxyester or (meth)acrylic acid Epoxy acrylates; acrylamides such as ethyl bisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate, etc.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,例如可例舉:DPHA-40H、UX-5000、UX-5002D-P20、UX-5003D、UX-5005(日本化藥公司製造)、U-2PPA、U-6LPA、U-10PA、U-33H、UA-53H、UA-32P、UA-1100H(新中村化學工業公司製造)、UA-306H、UA-510H、UF-8001G(共榮社化學公司製造)、UV-1700B、UV-7600B、UV-7605B、UV-7630B、UV7640B(日本合成化學工業公司製造)等。Examples of the (meth)acrylic urethanes include: DPHA-40H, UX-5000, UX-5002D-P20, UX-5003D, UX-5005 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), U-2PPA , U-6LPA, U-10PA, U-33H, UA-53H, UA-32P, UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-510H, UF-8001G (Made by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. (manufactured by Japan Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UV-1700B, UV-7600B, UV-7605B, UV-7630B, UV7640B (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), etc.

該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,作為(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物,較佳為使用(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,更佳為使用二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯。 該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Among these, from the viewpoint of curability, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound (d), it is preferable to use alkyl (meth)acrylate, and more preferably to use dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate. One type of these may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

<(e)溶劑> 本發明之感光性著色組合物可包含(e)溶劑。藉由包含(e)溶劑,有可使顏料分散於溶劑中,又,使塗佈變得容易之傾向。 本發明之感光性著色組合物通常於在溶劑中溶解或分散有(a)著色劑、(b)鹼可溶性樹脂、(c)光聚合起始劑、及(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物、以及視需要使用之其他調配成分之狀態下使用。溶劑之中,就分散性或塗佈性之觀點而言,較佳為有機溶劑。<(e) Solvent> The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may contain (e) solvent. By including the solvent (e), the pigment can be dispersed in the solvent, and coating tends to become easier. The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention usually contains (a) colorant, (b) alkali-soluble resin, (c) photopolymerization initiator, and (d) ethylenically unsaturated compound dissolved or dispersed in a solvent, and Use with other ingredients as needed. Among the solvents, organic solvents are preferred from the viewpoint of dispersibility or coating properties.

有機溶劑之中,就塗佈性之觀點而言,較佳為沸點處於100~300℃之範圍內之有機溶劑,更佳為沸點處於120~280℃之範圍內之有機溶劑。再者,此處所指之沸點係指壓力1013.25 hPa下之沸點,以下關於沸點均同樣。Among the organic solvents, from the viewpoint of coatability, an organic solvent with a boiling point in the range of 100 to 300°C is preferred, and an organic solvent with a boiling point in the range of 120 to 280°C is more preferred. Furthermore, the boiling point referred to here refers to the boiling point at a pressure of 1013.25 hPa, and the same applies to the boiling point below.

作為此種有機溶劑,例如可例舉如下所述者。 如乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單正丁醚、丙二醇第三丁醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單正丁醚、甲氧基甲基戊醇、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、3-甲氧基丁醇、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、三乙二醇單甲醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、三丙二醇甲醚之二醇單烷基醚類; 如乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二丙醚、二乙二醇二丁醚、二丙二醇二甲醚之二醇二烷基醚類;Examples of such organic solvents include the following. Such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol third-butyl ether, Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methoxybutanol, Diol monoalkyl ethers such as 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and tripropylene glycol methyl ether; Such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diglyme glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether Diol dialkyl ethers;

如乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯之二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類; 乙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯等二醇二乙酸酯類; 乙酸環己二醇酯等乙酸烷基酯類; 如戊醚、二乙醚、二丙醚、二異丙醚、二丁醚、二戊醚、乙基異丁醚、二己醚之醚類;Such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Ester, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether Acetate, glycol alkyl ether acetate esters of 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate; Glycol diacetate esters such as ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, and 1,6-hexanediol diacetate; Alkyl acetates such as cyclohexanediol acetate; Ethers such as amyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, dipyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, and dihexyl ether;

如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基異丙基酮、甲基異戊基酮、二異丙基酮、二異丁基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、乙基戊基酮、甲基丁基酮、甲基己基酮、甲基壬基酮、甲氧基甲基戊酮之酮類; 如乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甘油、苄醇之一元或多元醇類; 如正戊烷、正辛烷、二異丁烯、正己烷、己烯、異戊二烯、二戊烯、十二烷之脂肪族烴類; 如環己烷、甲基環己烷、甲基環己烯、聯環己烷之脂環式烴類;Such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexan Ketones, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methoxymethyl pentanone; Such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, methoxymethylpentanol, glycerol, benzyl Alcohols monomonic or polyhydric alcohols; Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutylene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene, and dodecane; Alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, and dicyclohexane;

如苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異丙苯之芳香族烴類; 如甲酸戊酯、甲酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸戊酯、異丁酸甲酯、乙二醇乙酸酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、異丁酸甲酯、辛酸乙酯、硬脂酸丁酯、苯甲酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、γ-丁內酯之鏈狀或環狀酯類; 如3-甲氧基丙酸、3-乙氧基丙酸之烷氧基羧酸類; 如氯丁烷、氯戊烷之鹵化烴類; 如甲氧基甲基戊酮之醚酮類; 如乙腈、苯甲腈之腈類等。Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and cumene; Such as amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyric acid Butyl ester, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl octanoate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-Methoxypropionate methyl ester, 3-methoxyethylpropionate ethyl ester, 3-methoxypropionate propyl ester, 3-methoxypropionate butyl ester, γ-butyrolactone chain or ring esters; Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxypropionic acid; Halogenated hydrocarbons such as chlorobutane and chloropentane; Ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone; Such as acetonitrile, benzonitrile and other nitriles.

作為符合上述之市售之有機溶劑,可例舉:礦油精、Varsol#2、Apco#18溶劑、Apcothinner、Socalsolvent No.1及No.2、Solvesso#150、Shell TS28溶劑、卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、甲基溶纖劑(「溶纖劑(Cellosolve)」為註冊商標。以下相同)、乙基溶纖劑、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚(diglyme)(均為商品名)等。 該等有機溶劑可單獨使用,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of commercially available organic solvents that meet the above requirements include mineral spirits, Varsol#2, Apco#18 solvent, Apcothinner, Socalsolvent No.1 and No.2, Solvesso#150, Shell TS28 solvent, Carbitol, Ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, methyl cellosolve ("Cellosolve" is a registered trademark. The same applies below), ethyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve acetate, methyl cellosolve Cellosolve-based acetate, diglyme (both trade names), etc. These organic solvents may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於藉由光微影法形成著色間隔物之情形時,作為有機溶劑,較佳為沸點處於100~200℃之範圍內之有機溶劑,更佳為沸點處於120~170℃之範圍內之有機溶劑。When the colored spacer is formed by photolithography, the organic solvent is preferably an organic solvent with a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200°C, and more preferably an organic solvent with a boiling point in the range of 120 to 170°C. .

上述有機溶劑之中,就塗佈性、表面張力等之平衡性較佳,組合物中之構成成分之溶解度相對較高之方面而言,較佳為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類。 又,二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類可單獨使用,亦可併用其他有機溶劑。作為併用之有機溶劑,尤佳者為二醇單烷基醚類。其中,尤其就組合物中之構成成分之溶解性而言,較佳為丙二醇單甲醚。再者,二醇單烷基醚類之極性較高,若添加量過多,則有顏料容易凝聚,其後所獲得之感光性著色組合物之黏度上升等保存穩定性降低之傾向,故而溶劑中之二醇單烷基醚類之比率較佳為5質量%~30質量%,更佳為5質量%~20質量%。Among the above-mentioned organic solvents, glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferred in that they have a better balance of coatability, surface tension, etc., and that the solubility of the constituent components in the composition is relatively high. In addition, glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used alone or in combination with other organic solvents. As an organic solvent used in combination, glycol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferred. Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is preferred in terms of the solubility of the constituent components in the composition. Furthermore, glycol monoalkyl ethers have high polarity. If too much is added, the pigments tend to agglomerate and the viscosity of the photosensitive coloring composition obtained subsequently increases and the storage stability tends to decrease. Therefore, in the solvent The ratio of glycol monoalkyl ethers is preferably 5% to 30% by mass, more preferably 5% to 20% by mass.

又,亦較佳為併用具有150℃以上之沸點之有機溶劑(以下存在稱為「高沸點溶劑」之情形)。藉由併用此種高沸點溶劑,雖然感光性著色組合物難以乾燥,但具有防止組合物中之顏料均勻之分散狀態因急劇之乾燥而受到破壞之效果。即,具有例如於防止狹縫噴嘴前端產生因著色劑等之析出、固化所引起之異物缺陷的效果。就此種效果較高之方面而言,上述各種溶劑之中,尤佳為二乙二醇單正丁醚、二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、及二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯。In addition, it is also preferable to use an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “high boiling point solvent”). By using such a high boiling point solvent together, although the photosensitive coloring composition is difficult to dry, it has the effect of preventing the uniform dispersion state of the pigment in the composition from being destroyed by rapid drying. That is, it has the effect of preventing, for example, foreign matter defects caused by precipitation and solidification of colorant or the like at the tip of the slit nozzle. In view of the high effect, among the various solvents mentioned above, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate are particularly preferred. .

有機溶劑中之高沸點溶劑之含有比率較佳為3質量%~50質量%,更佳為5質量%~40質量%,尤佳為5質量%~30質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有例如可抑制於狹縫噴嘴前端因著色劑等析出、固化而引起異物缺陷之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制組合物之乾燥溫度變慢,抑制減壓乾燥製程之工站時間不良、或預烘烤之氣孔痕跡等問題之傾向。The content ratio of the high-boiling-point solvent in the organic solvent is preferably 3% to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% to 40% by mass, and even more preferably 5% to 30% by mass. By setting the value above the lower limit, it is possible to suppress the tendency of foreign matter defects to occur at the tip of the slit nozzle due to the precipitation and solidification of colorant, etc., and by setting the value below the above upper limit, it is possible to suppress the composition from being defective. The drying temperature slows down, suppressing the tendency of problems such as poor station time in the vacuum drying process or pore marks in pre-baking.

再者,沸點150℃以上之高沸點溶劑可為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類,又,亦可為二醇烷基醚類,於該情形時,亦可不另外含有沸點150℃以上之高沸點溶劑。 作為較佳之高沸點溶劑,例如可例舉上述各種溶劑中之二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯、甘油三乙酸酯等。Furthermore, the high-boiling-point solvent with a boiling point of 150°C or above may be glycol alkyl ether acetate, or may be a glycol alkyl ether. In this case, the high-boiling-point solvent with a boiling point of 150°C or above may not be included. Solvent. Preferable high boiling point solvents include diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and 1,3- Butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate, glycerol triacetate, etc.

<(f)分散劑> 於本發明之感光性著色組合物中,為了使(a)著色劑微細地分散而使其分散狀態穩定化,可包含(f)分散劑。 作為(f)分散劑,較佳為具有官能基之高分子分散劑,進而,就分散穩定性之方面而言,較佳為具有羧基;磷酸基;磺酸基;或該等之鹼;一級、二級或三級胺基;四級銨鹽基;源自吡啶、嘧啶、吡𠯤等含氮雜環之基等官能基之高分子分散劑。其中尤其是就於使顏料分散時能夠以少量之分散劑分散之觀點而言,尤佳為具有一級、二級或三級胺基;四級銨鹽基;源自吡啶、嘧啶、吡𠯤等含氮雜環之基等鹼性官能基之高分子分散劑。<(f) Dispersant> The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may contain a dispersant (f) in order to finely disperse the colorant (a) and stabilize the dispersion state. (f) The dispersant is preferably a polymer dispersant having a functional group, and further, in terms of dispersion stability, it is preferably a polymer dispersant having a carboxyl group; a phosphate group; a sulfonic acid group; or a base thereof; first grade , secondary or tertiary amine groups; quaternary ammonium salt groups; polymer dispersants derived from functional groups such as pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridine and other nitrogen-containing heterocyclic groups. Especially from the viewpoint of dispersing the pigment with a small amount of dispersant, it is particularly preferred to have primary, secondary or tertiary amine groups; quaternary ammonium salt groups; those derived from pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridine, etc. It is a polymer dispersant for basic functional groups such as nitrogen-containing heterocyclic groups.

又,作為高分子分散劑,例如可例舉:胺基甲酸酯系分散劑、丙烯酸系分散劑、聚乙烯亞胺系分散劑、聚烯丙基胺系分散劑、包含具有胺基之單體與巨單體之分散劑、聚氧乙烯烷基醚系分散劑、聚氧乙烯二酯系分散劑、聚醚磷酸系分散劑、聚酯磷酸系分散劑、山梨糖醇酐脂肪族酯系分散劑、脂肪族改性聚酯系分散劑等。Examples of the polymer dispersant include urethane dispersants, acrylic dispersants, polyethyleneimine dispersants, polyallylamine dispersants, and monomers containing amine groups. Dispersants of monomers and macromonomers, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersants, polyoxyethylene diester dispersants, polyether phosphate dispersants, polyester phosphate dispersants, sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersants Dispersants, aliphatic modified polyester dispersants, etc.

作為此種分散劑之具體例,商品名可例舉:EFKA(註冊商標。BASF公司製造)、DISPERBYK(註冊商標。BYK-Chemie公司製造)、Disparlon(註冊商標。楠本化成公司製造)、SOLSPERSE(註冊商標。Lubrizol公司製造)、KP(信越化學工業公司製造)、Polyflow(共榮社化學公司製造)、Ajisper(註冊商標。Ajinomoto公司製造)等。 該等高分子分散劑可單獨使用一種,或亦可併用兩種以上。Specific examples of such dispersants include trade names: EFKA (registered trademark, manufactured by BASF Corporation), DISPERBYK (registered trademark, manufactured by BYK-Chemie Corporation), Disparlon (registered trademark, manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), SOLSPERSE (registered trademark, manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) Registered trademarks: Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (manufactured by Kyeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ajisper (registered trademark: Ajinomoto Co., Ltd.), etc. One type of these polymer dispersants may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為700以上,較佳為1000以上,又,通常為100000以下,較佳為50000以下。例如,較佳為700~100000,更佳為700~50000,進而較佳為1000~50000。 該等之中,就顏料之分散性之觀點而言,(f)分散劑較佳為包含具有官能基之胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑及/或丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,尤佳為包含丙烯酸系高分子分散劑。 又,就分散性、保存性之方面而言,較佳為具有鹼性官能基,且具有聚酯鍵及/或聚醚鍵之高分子分散劑。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer dispersant is usually 700 or more, preferably 1,000 or more, and usually 100,000 or less, preferably 50,000 or less. For example, 700 to 100,000 is preferred, 700 to 50,000 is more preferred, and 1,000 to 50,000 is still more preferred. Among them, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment, (f) the dispersant is preferably a urethane-based polymer dispersant and/or an acrylic-based polymer dispersant having a functional group, and is particularly preferred. Contains acrylic polymer dispersant. In terms of dispersibility and storage properties, a polymer dispersant having a basic functional group and a polyester bond and/or a polyether bond is preferred.

作為胺基甲酸酯系及丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,例如可例舉:DISPERBYK160~166、182系列(均為胺基甲酸酯系)、DISPERBYK2000、2001、BYK-LPN21116等(均為丙烯酸系)(以上均為BYK-Chemie公司製造)。 若具體地例示作為胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑而較佳之化學結構,則例如可例舉藉由使聚異氰酸酯化合物、分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10000之化合物、及於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物反應而獲得之重量平均分子量1000~200000之分散樹脂等。藉由利用苄基氯等四級化劑對該等進行處理,可使三級胺基之全部或一部分轉變為四級銨鹽基。Examples of urethane-based and acrylic-based polymer dispersants include: DISPERBYK160 to 166, 182 series (all urethane-based), DISPERBYK2000, 2001, BYK-LPN21116, etc. (all acrylic-based) ) (the above are all manufactured by BYK-Chemie). When specifically exemplifying a preferable chemical structure as a urethane-based polymer dispersant, for example, a polyisocyanate compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the molecule and a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 can be exemplified. Compounds, and dispersion resins with a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 200,000 obtained by reacting compounds with active hydrogen and tertiary amine groups in the same molecule, etc. By treating these with a quaternary agent such as benzyl chloride, all or part of the tertiary amine groups can be converted into quaternary ammonium salt groups.

作為上述聚異氰酸酯化合物之例,可例舉:對苯二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯甲烷二異氰酸酯、萘-1,5-二異氰酸酯、聯甲苯胺二異氰酸酯等芳香族二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、離胺酸甲酯二異氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、二聚酸二異氰酸酯等脂肪族二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基異氰酸酯)、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯二甲基環己烷等脂環族二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、α,α,α',α'-四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等具有芳香環之脂肪族二異氰酸酯、離胺酸酯三異氰酸酯、1,6,11-十一烷三異氰酸酯、1,8-二異氰酸酯-4-異氰酸酯甲基辛烷、1,3,6-六亞甲基三異氰酸酯、二環庚烷三異氰酸酯、三苯甲烷三異氰酸酯)、硫代磷酸三苯基三異氰酸酯等三異氰酸酯、及該等之三聚物、水加成物、及該等之多元醇加成物等。作為聚異氰酸酯,較佳者為有機二異氰酸酯之三聚物,最佳者為甲苯二異氰酸酯之三聚物與異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯之三聚物。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the polyisocyanate compound include terephthalene diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and naphthalene-1,5- Diisocyanates, benzidine diisocyanate and other aromatic diisocyanates, hexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine methyl ester diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, dimer acid diisocyanate Aliphatic diisocyanates such as isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω,ω'-diisocyanate, dimethylcyclohexane and other aliphatic diisocyanates, benzene diisocyanate, etc. Methyl diisocyanate, α,α,α',α'-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate and other aliphatic diisocyanates with aromatic rings, lysate triisocyanate, 1,6,11-undecane Triisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanate-4-isocyanatomethyloctane, 1,3,6-hexamethylene triisocyanate, dicycloheptane triisocyanate, triphenylmethane triisocyanate), triphenyl thiophosphoric acid Triisocyanates such as triisocyanate, their trimers, water adducts, and polyol adducts, etc. As the polyisocyanate, a terpolymer of organic diisocyanate is preferred, and a terpolymer of toluene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate is most preferred. One type of these may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

作為異氰酸酯之三聚物之製造方法,可例舉如下方法:使用適當之三聚化觸媒例如三級胺類、膦類、烷氧化物類、金屬氧化物、羧酸鹽類等,對上述聚異氰酸酯類進行異氰酸酯基之部分性三聚化,藉由添加觸媒毒使三聚化停止後,藉由溶劑萃取、薄膜蒸餾去除未反應之聚異氰酸酯,而獲得目標之含異氰尿酸酯基之聚異氰酸酯。An example of a method for producing an isocyanate terpolymer is as follows: using an appropriate trimerization catalyst such as tertiary amines, phosphines, alkoxides, metal oxides, carboxylates, etc. Polyisocyanates undergo partial trimerization of isocyanate groups. After the trimerization is stopped by adding catalyst poison, unreacted polyisocyanate is removed through solvent extraction and thin film distillation to obtain the target isocyanurate-containing ester. Based on polyisocyanate.

作為於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10000之化合物,可例舉:聚醚二醇、聚酯二醇、聚碳酸酯二醇、聚烯烴二醇等及該等化合物之單末端羥基經碳數1~25之烷基烷氧基化而成者及該等之2種以上之混合物。 作為聚醚二醇,可例舉:聚醚二醇、聚醚酯二醇、及該等之2種以上之混合物。作為聚醚二醇,可例舉使環氧烷均聚或共聚而獲得者例如聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚乙二醇丙二醇、聚氧四亞甲基二醇、聚氧六亞甲基二醇、聚氧八亞甲基二醇及該等之2種以上之混合物。Examples of compounds having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule and a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 include polyether diol, polyester diol, polycarbonate diol, polyolefin diol, and the like. Compounds in which the single terminal hydroxyl group is alkoxylated with an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and mixtures of two or more of these compounds. Examples of the polyether diol include polyether diol, polyether ester diol, and mixtures of two or more of these. Examples of the polyether glycol include those obtained by homopolymerizing or copolymerizing alkylene oxide, such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol propylene glycol, polyoxytetramethylene glycol, and polyoxyhexamethylene glycol. Glycol, polyoxyoctamethylene glycol and mixtures of two or more of these.

作為聚醚酯二醇,可例舉藉由使含醚基之二醇或者與其他二醇之混合物與二羧酸或該等之酸酐反應、或使環氧烷與聚酯二醇反應而獲得者例如聚(聚氧四亞甲基)己二酸酯等。作為聚醚二醇,最佳者為聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚氧四亞甲基二醇或該等化合物之單末端羥基經碳數1~25之烷基烷氧基化而成之化合物。Examples of the polyetherester diol include those obtained by reacting an ether group-containing diol or a mixture with other diols and a dicarboxylic acid or anhydride thereof, or by reacting an alkylene oxide with a polyester diol. For example, poly(polyoxytetramethylene) adipate, etc. As the polyether glycol, the most preferred ones are polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxytetramethylene glycol, or compounds in which the single terminal hydroxyl group is alkoxylated with an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. compound.

作為聚酯二醇,可例舉:使二羧酸(琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、反丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸、鄰苯二甲酸等)或該等之酸酐、與二醇(乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、2,3-丁二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、新戊二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、2-甲基-2-丙基-1,3-丙二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二醇、2,5-二甲基-2,5-己二醇、1,8-八亞甲基二醇、2-甲基-1,8-八亞甲基二醇、1,9-壬二醇等脂肪族二醇、雙羥基甲基環己烷等脂環族二醇、苯二甲基二醇、雙羥基乙氧基苯等芳香族二醇、N-甲基二乙醇胺等N-烷基二烷醇胺等)縮聚而獲得者例如聚己二酸乙二酯、聚己二酸丁二酯、聚己二酸己二酯、聚己二酸乙二酯/丙二酯等;或使用上述二醇類或碳數1~25之1元醇作為起始劑所獲得之聚內酯二醇或聚內酯單醇例如聚己內酯二醇、聚甲基戊內酯及該等之2種以上之混合物。作為聚酯二醇,最佳者為聚己內酯二醇或以碳數1~25之醇為起始劑之聚己內酯。Examples of the polyester diol include dicarboxylic acids (succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, phthalic acid, etc.) or the Acid anhydrides, and glycols (ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4- Butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl -1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol Alcohol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 1 , 8-octamethylene glycol, 2-methyl-1,8-octamethylene glycol, 1,9-nonanediol and other aliphatic glycols, bishydroxymethylcyclohexane and other alicyclic Those obtained by the condensation polymerization of aromatic diols such as glycols, xylylene glycol, bishydroxyethoxybenzene, N-alkyl dialkanolamines such as N-methyldiethanolamine, etc., such as polyethylene adipate ester, polybutylene adipate, polyhexylene adipate, polyethylene adipate/propylene adipate, etc.; or use the above glycols or monohydric alcohols with 1 to 25 carbon atoms as the starting material Polylactone diol or polylactone monool obtained from the agent, such as polycaprolactone diol, polymethylvalerolactone and mixtures of two or more of these. As the polyester diol, polycaprolactone diol or polycaprolactone using an alcohol having 1 to 25 carbon atoms as a initiator is optimal.

作為聚碳酸酯二醇,可例舉聚碳酸(1,6-伸己基)酯、聚碳酸(3-甲基-1,5-伸戊基)酯等,作為聚烯烴二醇,可例舉:聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚異戊二烯二醇等。 該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the polycarbonate diol include poly(1,6-hexylene)carbonate, poly(3-methyl-1,5-pentylene)carbonate, and the like. Examples of the polyolefin diol include : Polybutadiene glycol, hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol, hydrogenated polyisoprene glycol, etc. One type of these may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之化合物之數量平均分子量通常為300~10000,較佳為500~6000,進而較佳為1000~4000。The number average molecular weight of a compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule is usually 300 to 10,000, preferably 500 to 6,000, and further preferably 1,000 to 4,000.

對本發明中所使用之於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物進行說明。 作為活性氫、即,直接鍵結於氧原子、氮原子或硫原子之氫原子,可例舉羥基、胺基、硫醇基等官能基中之氫原子,其中,較佳為胺基、尤其是一級之胺基之氫原子。The compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amine group in the same molecule used in the present invention will be described. Examples of the active hydrogen, that is, a hydrogen atom directly bonded to an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom include hydrogen atoms in functional groups such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group, and a thiol group. Among them, an amine group is preferred, especially an amine group. It is the hydrogen atom of the primary amine group.

三級胺基並無特別限定,例如可例舉:具有碳數1~4之烷基之胺基、或雜環結構、更具體而言,咪唑環或三唑環等。 若例示此種於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物,則可例舉:N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二甲基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N-二丙基乙二胺、N,N-二丁基乙二胺、N,N-二甲基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,4-丁二胺等。The tertiary amino group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic structure, and more specifically, an imidazole ring or a triazole ring. Examples of compounds having active hydrogen and tertiary amine groups in the same molecule include: N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-diethyl-1, 3-propanediamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dimethylethylenediamine, N ,N-diethylethylenediamine, N,N-dipropylethylenediamine, N,N-dibutylethylenediamine, N,N-dimethyl-1,4-butanediamine, N, N-diethyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,4-butanediamine, etc.

又,作為三級胺基為含氮雜環結構之情形時之該含氮雜環,可例舉:吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、四唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吲唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并三唑環、苯并㗁唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并噻二唑環等含氮雜5員環;吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、吖啶環、異喹啉環等含氮雜6員環。該等含氮雜環之中,較佳者為咪唑環或三唑環。In addition, when the tertiary amino group is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may, for example, include pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, tetrazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, Indazole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzotriazole ring, benzothezole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzothiadiazole ring and other nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic rings; pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, Nitrogen-containing 6-membered heterocyclic rings such as trisulfide ring, quinoline ring, acridine ring, and isoquinoline ring. Among these nitrogen-containing heterocycles, the preferred one is an imidazole ring or a triazole ring.

若具體地例示該等具有咪唑環與胺基之化合物,則可例舉:1-(3-胺基丙基)咪唑、組胺酸、2-胺基咪唑、1-(2-胺基乙基)咪唑等。又,若具體地例示具有三唑環與胺基之化合物,則可例舉:3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、5-(2-胺基-5-氯苯基)-3-苯基-1H-1,2,4-三唑、4-胺基-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3,5-二醇、3-胺基-5-苯基-1H-1,3,4-三唑、5-胺基-1,4-二苯基-1,2,3-三唑、3-胺基-1-苄基-1H-2,4-三唑等。其中,較佳為N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、1-(3-胺基丙基)咪唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑。 該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Specific examples of these compounds having an imidazole ring and an amino group include: 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, histidine, 2-aminoimidazole, 1-(2-aminoethyl) base) imidazole, etc. Furthermore, specific examples of compounds having a triazole ring and an amino group include: 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 5-(2-amino-5-chlorophenyl)- 3-Phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole, 4-amino-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3,5-diol, 3-amino-5-phenyl-1H -1,3,4-triazole, 5-amino-1,4-diphenyl-1,2,3-triazole, 3-amino-1-benzyl-1H-2,4-triazole wait. Among them, N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-diethyl-1,3-propanediamine, 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, 3 -Amino-1,2,4-triazole. One type of these may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

關於製造胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑時之原料之較佳之調配比率,相對於聚異氰酸酯化合物100質量份,於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10000之化合物為10~200質量份,較佳為20~190質量份,進而較佳為30~180質量份,於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物為0.2~25質量份,較佳為0.3~24質量份。A preferable blending ratio of raw materials for producing a urethane-based polymer dispersant is a compound with a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 having 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the same molecule relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyisocyanate compound. It is 10 to 200 parts by mass, preferably 20 to 190 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 180 parts by mass. The compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amine group in the same molecule is 0.2 to 25 parts by mass, preferably 0.3~24 parts by mass.

胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑之製造係依據製造聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂之公知之方法進行。作為製造時之溶劑,通常可使用丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、異佛爾酮等酮類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸溶纖劑等酯類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯、己烷等烴類;二丙酮醇、異丙醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇等部分醇類;二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯化物;四氫呋喃、二乙醚等醚類;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞碸等非質子性極性溶劑等。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。The urethane polymer dispersant is produced according to a known method for producing polyurethane resin. As solvents during production, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and isophorone can usually be used; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetic acid solvents, etc. Esters such as cellulose agents; hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and hexane; some alcohols such as diacetone alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, second butyl alcohol, and third butyl alcohol; chlorides such as methylene chloride and chloroform; Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether; aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, and dimethylstyrene. One type of these may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於上述製造時,通常可使用胺基甲酸酯化反應觸媒。作為該觸媒,例如可例舉:二月桂酸二丁基錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫、二辛酸二丁基錫、辛酸亞錫等錫系;乙醯丙酮鐵、氯化鐵等鐵系;三乙基胺、三乙二胺等三級胺系等。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上而使用。In the above production, a urethanization reaction catalyst can usually be used. Examples of the catalyst include tin-based catalysts such as dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin dilaurate, dibutyltin dioctoate, and stannous octoate; iron-based catalysts such as iron acetyl acetonate and ferric chloride; triethyl Tertiary amines such as amine, triethylenediamine, etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物之導入量較佳為以反應後之胺值計控制為1~100 mgKOH/g之範圍。更佳為5~95 mgKOH/g之範圍。胺值係利用酸對鹼性胺基進行中和滴定,與酸值相對應而以KOH之mg數所表示之值。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有分散能力變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有容易抑制顯影性之降低之傾向。The amount of the compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amine group in the same molecule is preferably controlled to be in the range of 1 to 100 mgKOH/g based on the amine value after the reaction. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 to 95 mgKOH/g. The amine value is a value expressed in mg of KOH corresponding to the acid value through neutralization titration of a basic amine group with an acid. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the dispersion ability tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency which tends to suppress the fall of developability easily.

再者,於在以上之反應中異氰酸酯基殘留於高分子分散劑中之情形時,若進而利用醇或胺基化合物將異氰酸酯基轉換為其他官能基,則產物之經時穩定性增高,故而較佳。 胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為1000~200000,較佳為2000~100000,更佳為3000~50000。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有分散性及分散穩定性變得良好之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有容易抑制溶解性或分散性之降低之傾向。Furthermore, in the case where the isocyanate group remains in the polymer dispersant during the above reaction, if the isocyanate group is further converted into other functional groups using an alcohol or an amine compound, the stability of the product over time will be improved, and therefore it is relatively good. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the urethane polymer dispersant is usually 1,000 to 200,000, preferably 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably 3,000 to 50,000. By setting it to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, the dispersibility and dispersion stability tend to become good, and by setting it below the said upper limit value, there is a tendency to easily suppress the decrease in solubility or dispersibility.

作為丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,較佳為使用具有官能基(此處所指之所謂官能基係作為高分子分散劑中所含之官能基之上述官能基)之含不飽和基單體、與不具有官能基之含不飽和基單體之無規共聚物、接枝共聚物、嵌段共聚物。該等共聚物可藉由公知之方法而製造。As the acrylic polymer dispersant, it is preferable to use an unsaturated group-containing monomer having a functional group (the so-called functional group referred to here is the above-mentioned functional group as a functional group contained in the polymer dispersant), and an unsaturated group. Random copolymers, graft copolymers, and block copolymers of unsaturated monomers with functional groups. These copolymers can be produced by known methods.

作為具有官能基之含不飽和基單體,可例舉(甲基)丙烯酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、丙烯酸二聚物等具有羧基之不飽和單體、(甲基)丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙基胺基乙酯及該等之四級化物等具有三級胺基、四級銨鹽基之不飽和單體作為具體例。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing monomer having a functional group include (meth)acrylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinic acid, and 2-(meth)acryloxyethylphthalate. Dicarboxylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, acrylic acid dimer and other unsaturated monomers with carboxyl groups, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Specific examples include unsaturated monomers having tertiary amine groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups, such as diethylaminoethyl acrylate and their quaternary compounds. One type of these may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

作為不具有官能基之含不飽和基單體,可例舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異𦯉酯、三環癸烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、苯乙烯及其衍生物、α-甲基苯乙烯、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苄基順丁烯二醯亞胺等N-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯及聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯巨單體、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯巨單體、聚乙二醇巨單體、聚丙二醇巨單體、聚己內酯巨單體等巨單體等。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing monomer having no functional group include: (methyl)acrylate, ethyl(meth)acrylate, propyl(meth)acrylate, isopropyl(meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, cyclo(meth)acrylate Hexyl ester, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isoester (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane (Meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, styrene and its derivatives, α-methylstyrene, N-cyclohexylmaleimide , N-phenylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide and other N-substituted maleimides, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate and poly(meth)acrylic acid methyl Ester macromonomer, polystyrene macromonomer, poly(meth)acrylate macromonomer, polyethylene glycol macromonomer, polypropylene glycol macromonomer, polycaprolactone macromonomer, etc. Monomer etc. One type of these may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

丙烯酸系高分子分散劑尤佳為包含具有官能基之A嵌段與不具有官能基之B嵌段的A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚物,於該情形時,於A嵌段中,除源自上述包含官能基之含不飽和基單體之部分結構以外,且可包含源自上述不含官能基之含不飽和基單體之部分結構,該等可於該A嵌段中以無規共聚或嵌段共聚之任一種態樣含有。又,不含官能基之部分結構於A嵌段中之含有比率通常為80質量%以下,較佳為50質量%以下,進而較佳為30質量%以下。The acrylic polymer dispersant is particularly preferably an A-B or B-A-B block copolymer including an A block having a functional group and a B block having no functional group. In this case, in the A block, in addition to those derived from the above In addition to the partial structure of the unsaturated group-containing monomer containing functional groups, and may include partial structures derived from the above-mentioned unsaturated group-containing monomers containing no functional groups, these may be randomly copolymerized in the A block or Any form of block copolymerization is included. Moreover, the content ratio of the partial structure containing no functional group in the A block is usually 80 mass % or less, preferably 50 mass % or less, and further preferably 30 mass % or less.

B嵌段係包含源自上述不含官能基之含不飽和基單體之部分結構者,於1個B嵌段中可含有源自2種以上之單體之部分結構,該等可於該B嵌段中以無規共聚或嵌段共聚之任一種態樣含有。 該A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚物例如係藉由如下所示之活性聚合法製備。 於活性聚合法中存在陰離子活性聚合法、陽離子活性聚合法、自由基活性聚合法,其中,關於陰離子活性聚合法,聚合活性種為陰離子,例如係以下述流程表示。The B block contains partial structures derived from the above-mentioned unsaturated group-containing monomers without functional groups. One B block may contain partial structures derived from two or more types of monomers. These may be included in the The B block is contained in any form of random copolymerization or block copolymerization. The A-B or B-A-B block copolymer is prepared, for example, by a living polymerization method as shown below. Among the living polymerization methods, there are anionic living polymerization method, cationic living polymerization method, and radical living polymerization method. Among them, regarding the anionic living polymerization method, the polymerization active species is anion, which is represented by the following flowchart, for example.

[化36] [Chemical 36]

於上述流程中,Ar1 為一價有機基,Ar2 為不同於Ar1 之一價有機基,M為金屬原子,s及t分別為1以上之整數。In the above process, Ar 1 is a monovalent organic group, Ar 2 is a monovalent organic group different from Ar 1 , M is a metal atom, and s and t are respectively integers above 1.

關於自由基活性聚合法,聚合活性種為自由基,例如係以下述流程表示。Regarding the free radical living polymerization method, the polymerization active species is a free radical, and is represented by the following scheme, for example.

[化37] [Chemical 37]

於上述流程中,Ar1 為一價有機基,Ar2 為不同於Ar1 之一價有機基,j及k分別為1以上之整數,Ra 為氫原子或一價有機基,Rb 為不同於Ra 之氫原子或一價有機基。In the above process, Ar 1 is a monovalent organic group, Ar 2 is a monovalent organic group different from Ar 1 , j and k are respectively integers above 1, R a is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R b is Different from the hydrogen atom or monovalent organic group of R a .

於合成該丙烯酸系高分子分散劑時,可採用日本專利特開平9-62002號公報、或P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984)、B. C. Anderson, G. D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981)、K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977 (1985), 18, 1037 (1986)、右手浩一、畑田耕一、高分子加工、36, 366 (1987)、東村敏延、澤本光男、高分子論文集、46, 189 (1989)、M .Kuroki, T. Aida, J. Am. Chem. Sic, 109, 4737 (1987)、相田卓三、井上祥平、有機合成化學、43, 300 (1985)、D. Y. Sogoh, W. R. Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987)等中所記載之公知之方法。When synthesizing the acrylic polymer dispersant, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-62002, or P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984), B. C. Anderson, G. D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977 (1985), 18, 1037 (1986), Koichi Shou, Koichi Hatada, Polymolecular Processing , 36, 366 (1987), Toshinobu Higashimura, Mitsuo Sawamoto, Polymer Papers, 46, 189 (1989), M.Kuroki, T. Aida, J. Am. Chem. Sic, 109, 4737 (1987), A well-known method described in Takuzo Aida, Shohei Inoue, Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 43, 300 (1985), D. Y. Sogoh, W. R. Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987), etc.

於本發明中可使用之丙烯酸系高分子分散劑可為A-B嵌段共聚物,亦可為B-A-B嵌段共聚物,構成該共聚物之A嵌段/B嵌段比較佳為1/99~80/20,尤佳為5/95~60/40(質量比),藉由設為該範圍內,有可確保分散性與保存穩定性之平衡性之傾向。 又,於本發明中可使用之A-B嵌段共聚物、B-A-B嵌段共聚物1 g中之四級銨鹽基的量通常較佳為0.1~10 m mol,藉由設為該範圍內,有可確保良好之分散性之傾向。The acrylic polymer dispersant that can be used in the present invention can be an A-B block copolymer or a B-A-B block copolymer. The A block/B block ratio constituting the copolymer is preferably 1/99 to 80. /20, particularly preferably 5/95 to 60/40 (mass ratio). By setting it within this range, a balance between dispersibility and storage stability tends to be ensured. In addition, the amount of the quaternary ammonium salt group in 1 g of the A-B block copolymer and B-A-B block copolymer that can be used in the present invention is usually 0.1 to 10 mmol. By setting it within this range, there is Can ensure good dispersion tendency.

再者,於此種嵌段共聚物中,通常存在含有於製造過程中產生之胺基之情形,該胺值為1~100 mgKOH/g左右,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為30 mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為90 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為80 mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為75 mgKOH/g以下。例如,較佳為10~90 mgKOH/g,更佳為30~80 mgKOH/g,進而較佳為50~75 mgKOH/g。 此處,該等嵌段共聚物等分散劑之胺值係以與分散劑試樣中之除溶劑以外之固形物成分每1 g之鹼量相等之KOH的質量表示,並藉由以下之方法而進行測定。 準確稱量分散劑試樣之0.5~1.5 g並置於100 mL之燒杯中,利用50 mL之乙酸進行溶解。使用具備pH值電極之自動滴定裝置,利用0.1 mol/L之HClO4 乙酸溶液對該溶液進行中和滴定。將滴定pH值曲線之拐點設為滴定終點,並藉由下式求出胺值。Furthermore, such block copolymers often contain amine groups generated during the manufacturing process. The amine value is about 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. From the viewpoint of dispersion, 10 is preferred. mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and preferably 90 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 75 mgKOH /g or less. For example, 10 to 90 mgKOH/g is preferred, 30 to 80 mgKOH/g is more preferred, and 50 to 75 mgKOH/g is still more preferred. Here, the amine value of dispersants such as block copolymers is expressed by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of alkali per 1 g of solid components other than solvent in the dispersant sample, and is expressed by the following method to measure. Accurately weigh 0.5 to 1.5 g of the dispersant sample and place it in a 100 mL beaker, and dissolve it with 50 mL of acetic acid. Use an automatic titration device equipped with a pH value electrode to neutralize and titrate the solution with 0.1 mol/L HClO 4 acetic acid solution. Set the inflection point of the titration pH curve as the titration end point, and calculate the amine value by the following formula.

胺值[mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S) [其中,W:表示分散劑試樣稱取量[g]、V:表示於滴定終點之滴定量[mL]、S:表示分散劑試樣之固形物成分濃度[質量%]] 又,該嵌段共聚物之酸值亦取決於成為該酸值之基礎之酸性基的有無及種類,通常較佳為較低,通常為10 mgKOH/g以下,其重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1000~100000之範圍。藉由設為上述範圍內,有可確保良好之分散性之傾向。Amine value [mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S) [Wherein, W: represents the weighed amount of the dispersant sample [g], V: represents the titration amount at the titration end point [mL], S: represents the solid content concentration of the dispersant sample [mass %]] In addition, the acid value of the block copolymer also depends on the presence and type of the acidic group that forms the basis of the acid value. Generally, it is preferably lower, usually 10 mgKOH/g or less, and its weight average molecular weight (Mw) is relatively low. The preferred range is 1,000 to 100,000. By setting it within the above range, good dispersibility tends to be ensured.

於丙烯酸系高分子分散劑具有四級銨鹽基作為官能基之情形時,對丙烯酸系高分子分散劑之具體結構並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式(i)所表示之重複單元(以下,有時稱為「重複單元(i)」)。When the acrylic polymer dispersant has a quaternary ammonium salt group as a functional group, the specific structure of the acrylic polymer dispersant is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersion, it is preferred to have the following formula The repeating unit represented by (i) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "repeating unit (i)").

[化38] [Chemical 38]

上述式(i)中,R31 ~R33 分別獨立地為氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基,R31 ~R33 中之2個以上可相互鍵結而形成環狀結構。R34 為氫原子或甲基。X為二價連結基,Y- 為抗衡陰離子。In the above formula (i), R 31 to R 33 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 31 to R 33 Two or more of them can bond with each other to form a cyclic structure. R 34 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. X is a divalent linking group, and Y - is a counter anion.

上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 中之可具有取代基之烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6。作為烷基之具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等,該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀中之任一種。又,可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀結構。The carbon number of the optionally substituted alkyl group among R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferred, and 1 to 6 are more preferred. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and the like. Among these, methyl, ethyl, and propyl are preferred. group, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. Moreover, it may be either linear or branched. Furthermore, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl group and cyclohexylmethyl group may be included.

上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 中之可具有取代基之芳基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下。例如,較佳為6~16,更佳為6~12。作為芳基之具體例,可例舉:苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基、萘基、蒽基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、或二乙基苯基,更佳為苯基、甲基苯基、或乙基苯基。The carbon number of the aryl group which may have a substituent among R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. For example, 6 to 16 are preferred, and 6 to 12 are more preferred. Specific examples of the aryl group include phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. Among these, preferred It is phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl or diethylphenyl, more preferably phenyl, methylphenyl or ethylphenyl.

上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 中之可具有取代基之芳烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為7以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下。例如,較佳為7~16,更佳為7~12。作為芳烷基之具體例,可例舉:苯基甲基(苄基)、苯基乙基(苯乙基)、苯基丙基、苯基丁基、苯基異丙基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基甲基、苯基乙基、苯基丙基、或苯基丁基,更佳為苯基甲基、或苯基乙基。The carbon number of the optionally substituted aralkyl group among R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. For example, 7 to 16 are preferred, and 7 to 12 are more preferred. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include phenylmethyl (benzyl), phenylethyl (phenylethyl), phenylpropyl, phenylbutyl, phenylisopropyl, etc. Among them, phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, or phenylbutyl is preferred, and phenylmethyl or phenylethyl is more preferred.

該等之中,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為R31 ~R33 分別獨立地為烷基、或芳烷基,具體而言,較佳為R31 及R33 分別獨立地為甲基、或乙基,且R32 為苯基甲基、或苯基乙基,進而較佳為R31 及R33 為甲基,且R32 為苯基甲基。Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R 31 to R 33 each independently be an alkyl group or an aralkyl group. Specifically, it is preferable that R 31 and R 33 each independently be a methyl group. group, or ethyl group, and R 32 is phenylmethyl or phenylethyl, more preferably, R 31 and R 33 are methyl, and R 32 is phenylmethyl.

又,於上述丙烯酸系高分子分散劑具有三級胺作為官能基之情形時,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式(ii)所表示之重複單元(以下,有時稱為「重複單元(ii)」)。In addition, when the acrylic polymer dispersant has a tertiary amine as a functional group, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (ii) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as is "repeating unit (ii)").

[化39] [Chemical 39]

於上述式(ii)中,R35 及R36 分別獨立地為氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基,R35 及R36 可相互鍵結而形成環狀結構。R37 為氫原子或甲基。Z為二價連結基。In the above formula (ii), R 35 and R 36 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 35 and R 36 can bond with each other to form a cyclic structure. R 37 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Z is a bivalent linking group.

又,作為上述式(ii)之R35 及R36 中之可具有取代基之烷基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 所例示者。 同樣地,作為上述式(ii)之R35 及R36 中之可具有取代基之芳基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 所例示者。又,作為上述式(ii)之R35 及R36 中之可具有取代基之芳烷基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 所例示者。In addition, as the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) can be preferably used. Similarly, as the aryl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) are preferably used. In addition, as the aralkyl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) can be preferably used.

該等之中,R35 及R36 較佳為分別獨立地為可具有取代基之烷基,更佳為甲基、或乙基。Among these, R 35 and R 36 are preferably each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.

作為上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 及上述式(ii)之R35 及R36 中之烷基、芳烷基或芳基可具有之取代基,可例舉:鹵素原子、烷氧基、苯甲醯基、羥基等。Examples of substituents that the alkyl group, aralkyl group or aryl group in R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) and R 35 and R 36 in the above formula (ii) may have include: halogen atom, alkoxy base, benzyl group, hydroxyl group, etc.

於上述式(i)及(ii)中,作為二價連結基X及Z,例如可例舉:碳數1~10之伸烷基、碳數6~12之伸芳基、-CONH-R43 -基、-COOR44 -基[其中,R43 及R44 為單鍵、碳數1~10之伸烷基、或碳數2~10之醚基(烷氧基烷基)]等,較佳為-COO-R44 -基。 又,於上述式(i)中,作為抗衡陰離子之Y- ,可例舉:Cl- 、Br- 、I- 、ClO4 - 、BF4 - 、CH3 COO- 、PF6 - 等。In the above formulas (i) and (ii), examples of the divalent linking groups X and Z include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and -CONH-R. 43 -yl, -COOR 44 -yl [wherein R 43 and R 44 are a single bond, an alkylene group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an ether group (alkoxyalkyl group with 2 to 10 carbon atoms)], etc., Preferred is -COO-R 44 - group. In addition, in the above formula (i), examples of Y - as the counter anion include Cl - , Br - , I - , ClO 4 - , BF 4 - , CH 3 COO - , PF 6 - , etc.

上述式(i)所表示之重複單元的含有比率並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,相對於上述式(i)所表示之重複單之含有比率與上述式(ii)所表示之重複單元之含有比率的合計,較佳為60莫耳%以下,更佳為50莫耳%以下,進而較佳為40莫耳%以下,尤佳為35莫耳%以下,又,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為20莫耳%以上,尤佳為30莫耳%以上。The content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (i) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (i) is different from that represented by the above formula (ii). The total content ratio of the repeating units is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, further preferably 40 mol% or less, particularly preferably 35 mol% or less, and more preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, further preferably 20 mol% or more, especially 30 mol% or more.

又,上述式(i)所表示之重複單元於高分子分散劑之全部重複單元中所占的含有比率並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上,進而較佳為10莫耳%以上,又,較佳為50莫耳%以下,更佳為30莫耳%以下,進而較佳為20莫耳%以下,尤佳為15莫耳%以下。例如,較佳為1~50莫耳%,更佳為5~30莫耳%,進而較佳為5~20莫耳%,尤佳為10~15莫耳%。In addition, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (i) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably It is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less, still more preferably 20 mol% or less, especially preferably It is less than 15 mol%. For example, 1 to 50 mol% is preferred, 5 to 30 mol% is more preferred, 5 to 20 mol% is still more preferred, and 10 to 15 mol% is particularly preferred.

又,上述式(ii)所表示之重複單元於高分子分散劑之全部重複單元中所占的含有比率並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為15莫耳%以上,尤佳為20莫耳%以上,又,較佳為60莫耳%以下,更佳為40莫耳%以下,進而較佳為30莫耳%以下,尤佳為25莫耳%以下。例如,較佳為5~60莫耳%,更佳為10~40莫耳%,進而較佳為15~30莫耳%,尤佳為20~25莫耳%。In addition, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (ii) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably It is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more, especially 20 mol% or more, and preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, still more preferably It is 30 mol% or less, and it is especially preferable that it is 25 mol% or less. For example, it is preferably 5 to 60 mol%, more preferably 10 to 40 mol%, further preferably 15 to 30 mol%, and particularly preferably 20 to 25 mol%.

又,就提高對於溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性,提高分散穩定性之觀點而言,高分子分散劑較佳為具有下述式(iii)所表示之重複單元(以下,有時稱為「重複單元(iii)」)。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with binder components such as solvents and improving dispersion stability, the polymer dispersant preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (iii) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as " Repeating unit (iii)").

[化40] [Chemical 40]

上述式(iii)中,R40 為伸乙基或伸丙基,R41 表示可具有取代基之烷基,R42 為氫原子或甲基。n為1~20之整數。In the above formula (iii), R 40 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, R 41 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 42 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. n is an integer from 1 to 20.

上述式(iii)之R41 中之可具有取代基之烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進而較佳為2~6。作為烷基之具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等,該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀中之任一種。又,可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀結構。The carbon number of the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 41 of the above formula (iii) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferred, 1 to 6 are more preferred, and 2 to 6 are even more preferred. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and the like. Among these, methyl, ethyl, and propyl are preferred. group, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. Moreover, it may be either linear or branched. Furthermore, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl group and cyclohexylmethyl group may be included.

又,關於上述式(iii)中之n,就對於溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性與分散性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為5以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為2~5。Furthermore, n in the above formula (iii) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 10 or less from the viewpoint of compatibility and dispersibility with binder components such as solvents. More preferably, it is less than 5. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, and 2 to 5 are still more preferable.

又,上述式(iii)所表示之重複單元於高分子分散劑之全部重複單元中所占的含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為2莫耳%以上,進而較佳為4莫耳%以上,又,較佳為30莫耳%以下,更佳為20莫耳%以下,進而較佳為10莫耳%以下。例如,較佳為1~30莫耳%,更佳為2~20莫耳%,進而較佳為4~10莫耳%。於上述範圍內之情形時,有可同時實現對於溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性與分散穩定性之傾向。In addition, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (iii) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 4 mol% or more, further preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, still more preferably 10 mol% or less. For example, it is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 2 to 20 mol%, and still more preferably 4 to 10 mol%. Within the above range, there is a tendency to achieve both compatibility with binder components such as solvents and dispersion stability.

又,就提高分散劑對於溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性,提高分散穩定性之觀點而言,高分子分散劑較佳為具有下述式(iv)所表示之重複單元(以下,有時稱為「重複單元(iv)」)。In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with binder components such as solvents and improving the dispersion stability, the polymer dispersant preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (iv) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as is "repeating unit (iv)").

[化41] [Chemical 41]

於上述式(iv)中,R38 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基。R39 為氫原子或甲基。In the above formula (iv), R 38 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. R 39 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

上述式(iv)之R38 中之可具有取代基之烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為4以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為8以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~8,進而較佳為2~8,更進而較佳為4~8。作為烷基之具體例,可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等,該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀中之任一種。又,可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀結構。The carbon number of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and preferably 10 or less. More preferably, it is 8 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, 1 to 8 are more preferable, 2 to 8 are still more preferable, and 4 to 8 are still more preferable. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and the like. Among these, methyl, ethyl, and propyl are preferred. group, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. Moreover, it may be either linear or branched. Furthermore, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl group and cyclohexylmethyl group may be included.

上述式(iv)之R38 中之可具有取代基之芳基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為8以下。例如,較佳為6~16,更佳為6~12,進而較佳為6~8。作為芳基之具體例,可例舉:苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基、萘基、蒽基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、或二乙基苯基,更佳為苯基、甲基苯基、或乙基苯基。The carbon number of the aryl group which may have a substituent in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 8 or less. . For example, 6 to 16 are preferred, 6 to 12 are more preferred, and 6 to 8 are still more preferred. Specific examples of the aryl group include phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. Among these, preferred It is phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl or diethylphenyl, more preferably phenyl, methylphenyl or ethylphenyl.

上述式(iv)之R38 中之可具有取代基之芳烷基的碳數並無特別限定,通常為7以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如,較佳為7~16,更佳為7~12,進而較佳為7~10。作為芳烷基之具體例,可例舉:苯基甲基、苯基乙基、苯基丙基、苯基丁基、苯基異丙基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基甲基、苯基乙基、苯基丙基、或苯基丁基,更佳為苯基甲基、或苯基乙基。The carbon number of the aralkyl group which may have a substituent in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 10 the following. For example, 7 to 16 are preferred, 7 to 12 are more preferred, and 7 to 10 are still more preferred. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, phenylbutyl, and phenylisopropyl. Among these, phenylmethyl is preferred. base, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, or phenylbutyl, more preferably phenylmethyl or phenylethyl.

該等之中,就溶劑相溶性與分散穩定性之觀點而言,R38 較佳為烷基、或芳烷基,更佳為甲基、乙基、或苯基甲基。 作為R38 中之烷基可具有之取代基,可例舉鹵素原子、烷氧基等。又,作為芳基或芳烷基可具有之取代基,可例舉:鏈狀之烷基、鹵素原子、烷氧基等。又,於R38 所表示之鏈狀之烷基中包含直鏈狀及支鏈狀中之任一種。Among them, from the viewpoint of solvent compatibility and dispersion stability, R 38 is preferably an alkyl group or an aralkyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenylmethyl group. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group in R 38 may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and the like. In addition, examples of substituents that the aryl group or aralkyl group may have include chain alkyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, and the like. Furthermore, the chain alkyl group represented by R 38 includes both linear and branched chains.

又,關於上述式(iv)所表示之重複單元於高分子分散劑之全部重複單元中所占的含有比率,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為30莫耳%以上,更佳為40莫耳%以上,進而較佳為50莫耳%以上,又,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下。例如,較佳為30~80莫耳%,更佳為40~80莫耳%,進而較佳為50~70莫耳%以上。In addition, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (iv) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is preferably 30 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% from the viewpoint of dispersion. Mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, and preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less. For example, it is preferably 30 to 80 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol%, and still more preferably 50 to 70 mol% or more.

高分子分散劑可具有重複單元(i)、重複單元(ii)、重複單元(iii)及重複單元(iv)以外之重複單元。作為此種重複單元之例,可例舉源自苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯氯等(甲基)丙烯酸鹽系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基縮水甘油醚、丁烯酸縮水甘油醚;N-甲基丙烯醯基𠰌啉等單體之重複單元。The polymer dispersant may have repeating units other than repeating unit (i), repeating unit (ii), repeating unit (iii) and repeating unit (iv). Examples of such repeating units include styrene-based monomers such as styrene and α-methylstyrene; (meth)acrylate-based monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid chloride; ) Acrylamide, N-hydroxymethylacrylamide and other (meth)acrylamide-based monomers; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; N-methyl Repeating unit of monomers such as acryloyl 𠰌line.

就進一步提高分散性之觀點而言,高分子分散劑較佳為具備具有重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)之A嵌段、及不具有重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)之B嵌段之嵌段共聚物。該嵌段共聚物較佳為A-B嵌段共聚物或B-A-B嵌段共聚物。藉由向A嵌段中不僅導入四級銨鹽基,亦導入三級胺基,意外地有分散劑之分散能力明顯提高之傾向。又,B嵌段較佳為具有重複單元(iii),進而更佳為具有重複單元(iv)。From the viewpoint of further improving dispersion, the polymer dispersant is preferably one that has an A block having repeating units (i) and repeating units (ii), and one that does not have repeating units (i) and repeating units (ii). B block block copolymer. The block copolymer is preferably an A-B block copolymer or a B-A-B block copolymer. By introducing not only quaternary ammonium salt groups but also tertiary amine groups into the A block, the dispersing ability of the dispersant tends to be significantly improved unexpectedly. Moreover, it is preferable that the B block has a repeating unit (iii), and it is more preferable that it has a repeating unit (iv).

於A嵌段中,重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)能夠以無規共聚、嵌段共聚之任一種態樣含有。又,重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)可於1個A嵌段中分別含有2種以上,於該情形時,各重複單元可於該A嵌段中以無規共聚、嵌段共聚之任一種態樣含有。In the A block, the repeating unit (i) and the repeating unit (ii) can be contained in any form of random copolymerization or block copolymerization. In addition, the repeating unit (i) and the repeating unit (ii) may each contain two or more types in one A block. In this case, each repeating unit may be randomly copolymerized or block copolymerized in the A block. Contains any form.

又,重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)以外之重複單元可含有於A嵌段中,作為此種重複單元之例,可例舉源自上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯系單體之重複單元等。重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)以外之重複單元於A嵌段中之含有比率較佳為0~50莫耳%,更佳為0~20莫耳%,該重複單元最佳為不含於A嵌段中。In addition, repeating units other than repeating unit (i) and repeating unit (ii) may be contained in the A block. Examples of such repeating units include repeating units derived from the above-mentioned (meth)acrylate monomers. Unit etc. The content ratio of repeating units other than repeating unit (i) and repeating unit (ii) in the A block is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%, and the repeating unit is preferably not Contained in the A block.

重複單元(iii)及(iv)以外之重複單元可含有於B嵌段中,作為此種重複單元之例,可例舉源自苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯氯等(甲基)丙烯酸鹽系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基縮水甘油醚、丁烯酸縮水甘油醚;N-甲基丙烯醯基𠰌啉等單體之重複單元。重複單元(iii)及重複單元(iv)以外之重複單元於B嵌段中之含量較佳為0~50莫耳%,更佳為0~20莫耳%,該重複單元最佳為不含於B嵌段中。Repeating units other than repeating units (iii) and (iv) may be contained in the B block. Examples of such repeating units include styrene-based monomers such as styrene and α-methylstyrene; (Meth)acrylamide-based monomers such as (meth)acrylyl chloride; (meth)acrylamide-based monomers such as (meth)acrylamide and N-hydroxymethylacrylamide; vinyl acetate; Acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; repeating unit of N-methacrylyl noline and other monomers. The content of repeating units other than repeating unit (iii) and repeating unit (iv) in the B block is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%, and the repeating unit is preferably free of in the B block.

又,就提高分散穩定性之方面而言,(f)分散劑較佳為與下述顏料衍生物併用。In addition, from the viewpoint of improving dispersion stability, the (f) dispersant is preferably used in combination with the following pigment derivative.

<感光性著色組合物之其他調配成分> 於本發明之感光性著色組合物中,除上述成分以外,可適宜地調配矽烷偶合劑等密接提昇劑、界面活性劑(塗佈性提昇劑)、顏料衍生物、光酸產生劑、交聯劑、巰基化合物、聚合抑制劑、顯影改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑等添加劑。<Other ingredients of the photosensitive coloring composition> In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, in addition to the above-mentioned components, adhesion improving agents such as silane coupling agents, surfactants (coatability improving agents), pigment derivatives, photoacid generators, crosslinking agents, etc. can be suitably blended. additives such as agents, sulfhydryl compounds, polymerization inhibitors, development improvers, ultraviolet absorbers, and antioxidants.

(1)密接提昇劑 於本發明之感光性著色組合物中,為了改善與基板之密接性,可含有密接提昇劑。作為密接提昇劑,較佳為矽烷偶合劑、含磷酸基之化合物等。 作為矽烷偶合劑之種類,可將環氧系、(甲基)丙烯酸系、胺基系等各種者中之一種單獨使用,或可混合兩種以上而使用。(1) Close contact enhancer The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may contain an adhesion improving agent in order to improve the adhesion with the substrate. As the close contact improving agent, silane coupling agents, phosphate group-containing compounds, etc. are preferred. As the type of silane coupling agent, one of various types such as epoxy type, (meth)acrylic type, and amino type may be used alone, or two or more types may be mixed and used.

作為較佳之矽烷偶合劑,例如可例舉:3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等(甲基)丙烯醯氧基矽烷類;2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等環氧矽烷類;3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等脲基矽烷類;3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷等異氰酸酯矽烷類,尤佳為環氧矽烷類之矽烷偶合劑。 作為含磷酸基之化合物,較佳為含(甲基)丙烯醯基之磷酸酯類,較佳為下述通式(g1)、(g2)或(g3)所表示者。Preferred silane coupling agents include (meth)acrylates such as 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane and 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane. Dihydryloxysilanes; 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethyl Epoxysilanes such as oxysilanes and 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane; ureidosilanes such as 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane; 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane Silane coupling agents such as isocyanate silanes, especially epoxy silanes. As the phosphate group-containing compound, a (meth)acrylyl group-containing phosphate ester is preferred, and one represented by the following general formula (g1), (g2) or (g3) is preferred.

[化42] [Chemical 42]

於上述通式(g1)、(g2)及(g3)中,R51 表示氫原子或甲基,l及l'為1~10之整數,m為1、2或3。 該等含磷酸基之化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上而使用。In the above general formulas (g1), (g2) and (g3), R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, l and l' are integers from 1 to 10, and m is 1, 2 or 3. These phosphate group-containing compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(2)界面活性劑 於本發明之感光性著色組合物中,為了提高塗佈性,可含有界面活性劑。(2) Surfactant The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant in order to improve coatability.

作為界面活性劑,例如可使用陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系、兩性界面活性劑等各種者。其中,就對各特性帶來不良影響之可能性較低之方面而言,較佳為使用非離子系界面活性劑,其中氟系或矽系之界面活性劑於塗佈性之方面較有效。 作為此種界面活性劑,例如可例舉:TSF4460(Momentive Performance Materials公司製造)、DFX-18(NEOS公司製造)、BYK-300、BYK-325、BYK-330(BYK-Chemie公司製造)、KP340(Shin-Etsu Silicones公司製造)、MEGAFAC(註冊商標、以下相同)F-470、MEGAFAC F-475、MEGAFAC F-478、MEGAFAC F-554、MEGAFAC F-559(DIC公司製造)、SH7PA(Dow Corning Toray公司製造)、DS-401(Daikin公司製造)、L-77(Nippon Unicar公司製造)、FC4430(3M公司製造)等。 再者,界面活性劑可使用一種,亦能夠以任意組合及比率併用兩種以上。As the surfactant, various surfactants such as anionic, cationic, nonionic, and amphoteric surfactants can be used. Among them, it is preferable to use nonionic surfactants in terms of low possibility of adversely affecting various properties. Among them, fluorine-based or silicon-based surfactants are more effective in terms of coatability. Examples of such surfactants include TSF4460 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), DFX-18 (manufactured by NEOS), BYK-300, BYK-325, BYK-330 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), and KP340 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicones Co., Ltd.), MEGAFAC (registered trademark, the same below) F-470, MEGAFAC F-475, MEGAFAC F-478, MEGAFAC F-554, MEGAFAC F-559 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), SH7PA (Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), DS-401 (Daikin Co., Ltd.), L-77 (Nippon Unicar Co., Ltd.), FC4430 (3M Co., Ltd.), etc. In addition, one type of surfactant may be used, and two or more types of surfactants may be used in combination in any combination and ratio.

(3)顏料衍生物 於本發明之感光性著色組合物中,為了提高分散性、保存性,可含有顏料衍生物作為分散助劑。 作為顏料衍生物,可例舉:偶氮系、酞菁系、喹吖酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、喹酞酮系、異吲哚啉酮系、二㗁𠯤系、蒽醌系、茚滿蒽系、苝系、紫環酮系、吡咯并吡咯二酮系、二㗁𠯤系等衍生物,其中較佳為酞菁系、喹酞酮系。 作為顏料衍生物之取代基,可例舉磺酸基、磺醯胺基及其四級鹽、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基、二烷基胺基烷基、羥基、羧基、醯胺基等直接或經由烷基、芳基、雜環基等鍵結於顏料骨架上者,較佳為磺酸基。又,該等取代基可於一個顏料骨架上取代複數個。(3)Pigment derivatives The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention may contain a pigment derivative as a dispersion aid in order to improve dispersibility and storage properties. Examples of pigment derivatives include azo-based, phthalocyanine-based, quinacridone-based, benzimidazolone-based, quinphthalone-based, isoindolinone-based, bistriol-based, anthraquinone-based, and indene-based pigments. Derivatives such as anthracene series, perylene series, iconone series, diketopyrrolopyrrole series, diketopyrrolide series, etc., among which the phthalocyanine series and quinophthalone series are preferred. Examples of substituents of the pigment derivative include sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group and its quaternary salt, phthalimide methyl group, dialkylaminoalkyl group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, and amide group. Those bonded to the pigment skeleton directly or via alkyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, etc. are preferably sulfonic acid groups. In addition, these substituents may substitute multiple substituents on one pigment skeleton.

作為顏料衍生物之具體例,可例舉:酞菁之磺酸衍生物、喹酞酮之磺酸衍生物、蒽醌之磺酸衍生物、喹吖酮之磺酸衍生物、吡咯并吡咯二酮之磺酸衍生物、二㗁𠯤之磺酸衍生物等。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Specific examples of the pigment derivatives include: phthalocyanine sulfonic acid derivatives, quinphthalone sulfonic acid derivatives, anthraquinone sulfonic acid derivatives, quinacridone sulfonic acid derivatives, pyrrolopyrrole di Sulfonic acid derivatives of ketone, sulfonic acid derivatives of dimethacin, etc. One type of these may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

(4)光酸產生劑 所謂光酸產生劑係可利用紫外線產生酸之化合物,藉由進行曝光時產生之酸之作用,例如藉由存在三聚氰胺化合物等交聯劑而進行交聯反應。該光酸產生劑之中,較佳為於溶劑中之溶解性、尤其是於用於感光性著色組合物之溶劑中之溶解性較大者,例如可例舉:二苯基錪、二甲苯基錪、苯基(對茴香基)錪、雙(間硝基苯基)錪、雙(對第三丁基苯基)錪、雙(對氯苯基)錪、雙(正十二烷基)錪、對異丁基苯基(對甲苯基)錪、對異丙基苯基(對甲苯基)錪等二芳基錪、或三苯基鋶等三芳基鋶之氯化物、溴化物、或硼氟化鹽、六氟磷酸鹽、六氟砷酸鹽、芳香族磺酸鹽、四(五氟苯基)硼酸酯鹽等或二苯基苯甲醯甲基鋶(正丁基)三苯基酸鹽等鋶有機硼錯合物類、或2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)三𠯤、2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)三𠯤等三𠯤化合物等,但並不限定於此。(4) Photoacid generator The so-called photoacid generator is a compound that can generate an acid using ultraviolet rays, and a cross-linking reaction is carried out by the action of the acid generated during exposure, for example, by the presence of a cross-linking agent such as a melamine compound. Among the photoacid generators, those with greater solubility in solvents, particularly those with greater solubility in solvents used for photosensitive coloring compositions, are preferably exemplified by diphenylphosphonium and xylene. Base iodide, phenyl (p-anisyl) iodide, bis (m-nitrophenyl) iodide, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodide, bis (p-chlorophenyl) iodide, bis (n-dodecyl) ) chloride or bromide of diaryl sulfonium, such as p-isobutylphenyl (p-tolyl) sulfonium, p-isopropylphenyl (p-tolyl) sulfonium or other diarylsulfonium, or triphenylsulfonium or other triarylsulfonium, Or boron fluoride salt, hexafluorophosphate, hexafluoroarsenate, aromatic sulfonate, tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate ester salt, etc. or diphenylbenzoyl methylsulfonium (n-butyl) Triphenylate and other sulfonium organoboron complexes, or 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)trisulfate, 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6- Bis(trichloromethyl)trifluoroethylene and other bistrifluoroethylene compounds, but are not limited thereto.

(5)交聯劑 於本發明之感光性著色組合物中可進而添加交聯劑,例如可使用三聚氰胺或胍胺系之化合物。作為該等交聯劑,例如可例舉下述通式(6)所表示之三聚氰胺或胍胺系之化合物。(5) Cross-linking agent A cross-linking agent may be further added to the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention. For example, a melamine or guanamine-based compound may be used. Examples of such cross-linking agents include melamine or guanamine-based compounds represented by the following general formula (6).

[化43] [Chemical 43]

式(6)中,R61 表示-NR66 R67 基或碳數6~12之芳基,於R61 為-NR66 R67 基之情形時,R62 、R63 、R64 、R65 、R66 及R67 中之一個表示CH2 OR68 基,於R61 為碳數6~12之芳基之情形時,R62 、R63 、R64 及R65 中之一個表示-CH2 OR68 基,R62 、R63 、R64 、R65 、R66 及R67 中之其餘相互獨立地表示氫或-CH2 OR68 基,R68 表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基。 此處,碳數6~12之芳基典型地為苯基、1-萘基或2-萘基,於該等苯基或萘基上可鍵結烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等取代基。烷基及烷氧基分別可為碳數1~6左右。於上述之中,R68 所表示之烷基較佳為甲基或乙基,尤較為甲基。In formula (6), R 61 represents a -NR 66 R 67 group or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. When R 61 is a -NR 66 R 67 group, R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , and R 65 , one of R 66 and R 67 represents a CH 2 OR 68 group, and when R 61 is an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, one of R 62 , R 63 , R 64 and R 65 represents -CH 2 OR 68 group, the rest of R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , R 65 , R 66 and R 67 independently represent hydrogen or -CH 2 OR 68 group, R 68 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkane with 1 to 4 carbon atoms. base. Here, the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is typically a phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group or 2-naphthyl group, and the phenyl group or naphthyl group may be substituted by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, etc. base. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may each have about 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Among the above, the alkyl group represented by R 68 is preferably methyl or ethyl, especially methyl.

於符合通式(6)之三聚氰胺系化合物、即下述通式(6-1)之化合物中,包含六羥甲基三聚氰胺、五羥甲基三聚氰胺、四羥甲基三聚氰胺、六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、五甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、四甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺等。The melamine-based compounds conforming to the general formula (6), that is, the compounds of the following general formula (6-1), include hexamethylolmelamine, pentamethylolmelamine, tetramethylolmelamine, and hexamethoxymethyl Melamine, pentamethoxymethylmelamine, tetramethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, etc.

[化44] [Chemical 44]

式(6-1)中,於R62 、R63 、R64 、R65 、R66 及R67 中之一個為芳基之情形時,R62 、R63 、R64 及R65 中之一個表示-CH2 OR68 基,R62 、R63 、R64 、R65 、R66 及R67 中之其餘相互獨立地表示氫原子或-CH2 OR68 基,此處,R68 表示氫原子或烷基。In formula (6-1), when one of R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , R 65 , R 66 and R 67 is an aryl group, one of R 62 , R 63 , R 64 and R 65 represents a -CH 2 OR 68 group, and the rest of R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , R 65 , R 66 and R 67 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a -CH 2 OR 68 group, where R 68 represents a hydrogen atom or alkyl.

又,於符合通式(6)之胍胺系化合物、即通式(6)中之R61 為芳基之化合物中,包含四羥甲基苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基苯并胍胺等。Moreover, among the guanamine-based compounds conforming to the general formula (6), that is, the compounds in which R 61 in the general formula (6) is an aryl group, tetrahydroxymethylbenzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylbenzo Guanamine, trimethoxymethylbenzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylbenzoguanamine, etc.

進而,亦可使用具有羥甲基或羥甲基烷基醚基之交聯劑。以下例舉其例。 2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-甲基苯酚、4第三丁基-2,6-雙(羥基甲基)苯酚、5-乙基-1,3-雙(羥基甲基)全氫-1,3,5-三𠯤-2-酮(通稱N-乙基二羥甲基三𠯤酮)或其二甲醚體、二羥甲基三亞甲基脲或其二甲醚體、3,5-雙(羥基甲基)全氫-1,3,5-㗁二𠯤-4-酮(通稱二羥甲基糖醛)或其二甲醚體、四羥甲基乙二醛二烷基脲或其四甲醚體。Furthermore, a cross-linking agent having a hydroxymethyl or hydroxymethyl alkyl ether group can also be used. Examples are given below. 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylphenol, 4-tert-butyl-2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)phenol, 5-ethyl-1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl) Perhydro-1,3,5-tris-2-one (commonly known as N-ethyl dihydroxymethyl tris-one) or its dimethyl ether form, dimethylol trimethylene urea or its dimethyl ether form , 3,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)perhydro-1,3,5-dihydroxymethylglyoxal-4-one (commonly known as dihydroxymethylfurfural) or its dimethyl ether, tetrahydroxymethylglyoxal Dialkyl urea or its tetramethyl ether.

再者,該等交聯劑可單獨使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上而使用。關於使用交聯劑時之量,於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為0.1~15質量%,尤佳為0.5~10質量%。In addition, these cross-linking agents may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. The amount when using a crosslinking agent is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, particularly preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition.

(6)巰基化合物 又,為了提高硬化物表面之硬化性、提高表面粗糙度,亦可添加巰基化合物作為聚合促進劑。 作為巰基化合物,可例舉:具有芳香族環之含巰基之化合物與脂肪族系之含巰基之化合物。(6)Mercapto compounds In addition, in order to improve the hardenability and surface roughness of the surface of the cured product, a mercapto compound may be added as a polymerization accelerator. Examples of the mercapto compound include mercapto group-containing compounds having an aromatic ring and aliphatic mercapto group-containing compounds.

作為具有芳香族環之含巰基之化合物,就光硬化性之觀點而言,可適宜地使用下述通式(1-3)所表示之化合物。As the mercapto group-containing compound having an aromatic ring, a compound represented by the following general formula (1-3) can be suitably used from the viewpoint of photocurability.

[化45] [Chemical 45]

式(1-3)中,Z表示-O-、-S-或-NH-,R61 、R62 、R63 、及R64 分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價取代基。 該等之中,就光硬化性之觀點而言,Z較佳為-S-或-NH-,更佳為-NH-。 又,就光硬化性之觀點而言,R61 、R62 、R63 、及R64 分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、碳數1~4烷基或碳數1~4之烷氧基,更佳為氫原子。In formula (1-3), Z represents -O-, -S- or -NH-, and R 61 , R 62 , R 63 , and R 64 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Among these, from the viewpoint of photohardenability, Z is preferably -S- or -NH-, and more preferably -NH-. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of photohardenability, R 61 , R 62 , R 63 , and R 64 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom.

具體而言,可例舉:2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并㗁唑、3-巰基-1,2,4-三唑、2-巰基-4(3H)-喹唑啉、β-巰基萘、1,4-二甲基巰基苯等具有芳香族環之含巰基之化合物,就錐角之觀點而言,較佳為2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑。Specific examples include: 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoethazole, 3-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, 2-mercapto-4(3H )-Quazoline, β-mercaptonaphthalene, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene and other mercapto group-containing compounds with aromatic rings. From the viewpoint of the cone angle, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2 -Mercaptobenzimidazole.

另一方面,作為脂肪族系之含巰基之化合物,就光硬化性之觀點而言,可適宜地使用己二硫醇、癸二硫醇、或下述通式(1-4)所表示之化合物。On the other hand, as the aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound, from the viewpoint of photocurability, hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, or those represented by the following general formula (1-4) can be suitably used. compound.

[化46] [Chemical 46]

式(1-4)中,m表示0~4之整數,n表示2~4之整數。R71 及R72 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基。X表示n價基。In formula (1-4), m represents an integer from 0 to 4, and n represents an integer from 2 to 4. R 71 and R 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. X represents n valence basis.

於上述通式(1-4)中,就光硬化性之觀點而言,m較佳為1或2。又,就光硬化性之觀點而言,n較佳為3或4,更佳為4。 又,作為R71 及R72 之烷基,就光硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為碳數1~3者。就光硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為R71 及R72 中之至少一者例如R72 為氫原子,於該情形時,R71 較佳為氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基。In the above general formula (1-4), m is preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of photocurability. Moreover, from the viewpoint of photohardenability, n is preferably 3 or 4, more preferably 4. In addition, the alkyl groups of R 71 and R 72 are preferably those having 1 to 3 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of photocurability. From the viewpoint of photohardenability, at least one of R 71 and R 72 is preferred. For example, R 72 is a hydrogen atom. In this case, R 71 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. .

於n為2之情形時,就光硬化性之觀點而言,X較佳為可具有醚鍵及/或分支部之碳數1~6之伸烷基。就光硬化性之觀點而言,其中更佳為碳數1~6之伸烷基,進而較佳為碳數4之伸烷基。When n is 2, from the viewpoint of photocurability, X is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have an ether bond and/or a branch part. From the viewpoint of photohardenability, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an alkylene group having 4 carbon atoms is even more preferred.

於n為3之情形時,就光硬化性之觀點而言,X較佳為下述通式(1-5)或(1-6)所表示之結構。When n is 3, from the viewpoint of photohardenability, X preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (1-5) or (1-6).

[化47] [Chemical 47]

式(1-5)中,R73 表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、或羥甲基。R73 之中,就光硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為乙基。In formula (1-5), R 73 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a hydroxymethyl group. Among R 73 , from the viewpoint of photocurability, ethyl group is preferred.

[化48] [Chemical 48]

式(1-6)中,R74 表示碳數1~4之伸烷基。R74 之中,就光硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為伸乙基。In formula (1-6), R 74 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Among R 74 , from the viewpoint of photocurability, ethylidene is preferred.

另一方面,於n為4之情形時,X較佳為下述通式(1-7)所表示之結構。On the other hand, when n is 4, X preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (1-7).

[化49] [Chemical 49]

具體而言,可例舉丁二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、丁二醇雙巰基乙酸酯、乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、乙二醇雙巰基乙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三巰基乙酸酯、三羥基乙基三硫代丙酸酯、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、乙二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮等。Specific examples include butanediol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), butylene glycol bismercaptoacetate, ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), and ethylene glycol bismercaptoacetate. , Trimethylolpropane Tris(3-Mercaptopropionate), Trimethylolpropane Trimercaptoacetate, Trihydroxyethyl Trithiopropionate, Pentaerythritol Tetrakis(3-Mercaptopropionate), Pentaerythritol Tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), butylene glycol bis(3-mercaptobutyrate), ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptobutyrate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate) , Pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤- 2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-triketone, etc.

其中,較佳為三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮,更佳為季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)。Among them, preferred are trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptopropionate), and trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate). -Mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3 , 5-tris-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, more preferably pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate).

該等可將各種者單獨使用一種,或混合兩種以上而使用。These can be used individually by 1 type, or in mixture of 2 or more types.

該等之中,就光硬化性之觀點而言,較適宜為組合選自由2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、及2-巰基苯并㗁唑所組成之群中之1種以上與光聚合起始劑,用作光聚合起始劑系。例如可使用2-巰基苯并噻唑,可使用2-巰基苯并咪唑,亦可併用2-巰基苯并噻唑與2-巰基苯并咪唑而使用。 又,就光硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為使用選自由季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、及季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)所組成之群中之1種以上。Among these, from the viewpoint of photocurability, a combination of one selected from the group consisting of 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoethazole is more suitable. The above and photopolymerization initiator are used as photopolymerization initiator system. For example, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole can be used, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole can be used, or 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole can be used in combination. Moreover, from the viewpoint of photocurability, it is preferable to use one or more types selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate).

進而,尤其是就光硬化性之觀點而言,較適宜為併用具有芳香族環之含巰基之化合物與脂肪族系之含巰基之化合物而使用。其原因在於,藉由使用開口部之寬度較狹窄之遮罩,因曝光時之繞射,每單位面積之照度降低,與線寬較粗之情形相比容易受到氧抑制之影響,而有表面硬化性降低之傾向。Furthermore, especially from the viewpoint of photocurability, it is more suitable to use a mercapto group-containing compound having an aromatic ring and an aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound in combination. The reason for this is that by using a mask with a narrow opening, the illumination per unit area is reduced due to diffraction during exposure, and it is more susceptible to the influence of oxygen suppression than when the line width is thicker, resulting in surface Tendency to reduce hardenability.

尤其是於使用六芳基聯咪唑系光聚合起始劑作為(c)光聚合起始劑之情形時,較適宜為併用具有芳香族環之含巰基之化合物與脂肪族系之含巰基之化合物而使用。另一方面,於使用苯乙酮系光聚合起始劑之情形時,有即便單獨使用脂肪族系之含巰基之化合物亦可充分地獲得效果之傾向。Particularly when a hexaarylbiimidazole-based photopolymerization initiator is used as (c) the photopolymerization initiator, it is more suitable to use a mercapto group-containing compound having an aromatic ring and an aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound in combination. And use. On the other hand, when an acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiator is used, sufficient effects tend to be obtained even when an aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound is used alone.

例如,較佳為組合選自由2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、及2-巰基苯并㗁唑所組成之群中之1種以上、選自由季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)所組成之群中之1種以上、及光聚合起始劑而使用。For example, it is preferable to combine at least one selected from the group consisting of 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoethazole, and one selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionic acid) It is used at least one of the group consisting of ester), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), and a photopolymerization initiator.

(7)聚合抑制劑 就控制形狀之觀點而言,可含有聚合抑制劑。 作為聚合抑制劑,可例舉:對苯二酚、對苯二酚單甲醚、甲基對苯二酚、甲氧基苯酚、2,6-二第三丁基-4-甲酚(BHT)等。該等之中,就控制形狀之觀點而言,較佳為2,6-二第三丁基-4-甲酚。又,就對人體之安全性之觀點而言,較佳為對苯二酚單甲醚、甲基對苯二酚。 聚合抑制劑可含有1種或2種以上。於製造(b)鹼可溶性樹脂時,存在於該樹脂中包含聚合抑制劑之情形,可使用其作為本發明之聚合抑制劑,亦可於製造感光性著色組合物時,向樹脂中除聚合抑制劑此以外,且添加與其相同或不同之聚合抑制劑。(7)Polymerization inhibitor From the viewpoint of controlling the shape, a polymerization inhibitor may be contained. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, methyl hydroquinone, methoxyphenol, and 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-cresol (BHT )wait. Among these, from the viewpoint of shape control, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-cresol is preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of safety to the human body, hydroquinone monomethyl ether and methyl hydroquinone are preferred. The polymerization inhibitor may contain one type or two or more types. When producing the alkali-soluble resin (b), the polymerization inhibitor may be included in the resin. This can be used as the polymerization inhibitor of the present invention, or the polymerization inhibitor can be removed from the resin when producing the photosensitive coloring composition. In addition to this, the same or different polymerization inhibitor is added.

<感光性著色組合物中之成分調配量> 於本發明之感光性著色組合物中,(b)鹼可溶性樹脂之含有比率並無特別限定,於全部固形物成分中通常為5質量%以上,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為15質量%以上,進而較佳為20質量%以上,尤佳為25質量%以上,且通常為80質量%以下,較佳為70質量%以下,更佳為60質量%以下,進而較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為40質量%以下,尤佳為35質量%以下。例如,較佳為5~80質量%,更佳為5~70質量%,進而較佳為10~60質量%,更進而較佳為15~50質量%,尤佳為20~40質量%,尤佳為25~35質量%。藉由將(b)鹼可溶性樹脂之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有顯影溶解性提高之傾向。又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有機械特性提高之傾向。<Amounts of ingredients in the photosensitive coloring composition> In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, the content ratio of (b) alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but it is usually 5 mass % or more, preferably 10 mass % or more, and more preferably 15 mass % in the total solid content. Mass % or more, more preferably 20 mass % or more, especially 25 mass % or more, and usually 80 mass % or less, preferably 70 mass % or less, more preferably 60 mass % or less, further preferably 50 mass % % by mass or less, more preferably 40 % by mass or less, still more preferably 35 % by mass or less. For example, 5 to 80 mass % is preferred, 5 to 70 mass % is more preferred, 10 to 60 mass % is still more preferred, 15 to 50 mass % is still more preferred, and 20 to 40 mass % is particularly preferred. Particularly preferred is 25 to 35% by mass. By setting the content ratio of (b) the alkali-soluble resin to not less than the above-mentioned lower limit, the development solubility tends to be improved. Furthermore, by setting it below the above-mentioned upper limit value, mechanical characteristics tend to be improved.

(c)光聚合起始劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於全部固形物成分中通常為0.1質量%以上,較佳為0.5質量%以上,更佳為1質量%以上,進而較佳為1.5質量%以上,通常為15質量%以下,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下,進而較佳為6質量%以下,尤佳為4質量%以下。例如,較佳為0.1~15質量%,更佳為0.1~10質量%,進而較佳為0.5~8質量%,尤佳為1~6質量%,尤佳為1.5~4質量%。藉由將(c)光聚合起始劑之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有光硬化性提高,表面粗糙度提高之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯影溶解性提高之傾向。(c) The content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but it is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1.5% by mass in the total solid content. Mass% or more, usually 15 mass% or less, preferably 10 mass% or less, more preferably 8 mass% or less, further preferably 6 mass% or less, particularly preferably 4 mass% or less. For example, 0.1 to 15 mass % is preferred, 0.1 to 10 mass % is more preferred, 0.5 to 8 mass % is more preferred, 1 to 6 mass % is particularly preferred, and 1.5 to 4 mass % is particularly preferred. By setting the content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator (c) to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, the photocurability tends to be improved and the surface roughness is improved, and by setting the content ratio of the (c) photopolymerization initiator to the above-mentioned upper limit value or less, the development solubility is improved. tendency to improve.

於將聚合促進劑與(c)光聚合起始劑一併使用之情形時,關於聚合促進劑之含有比率,於本發明之感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中,較佳為0.05質量%以上,通常為10質量%以下,較佳為5質量%以下,例如為0.05~10質量%,較佳為0.05~5質量%。又,聚合促進劑相對於(c)光聚合起始劑100質量份通常以0.1~50質量份、較佳為0.1~20質量份之比率使用。藉由將聚合促進劑之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有可抑制對於曝光之光線之感度的降低之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制未曝光部分於顯影液中之溶解性降低,抑制顯影不良之傾向。When a polymerization accelerator is used together with (c) the photopolymerization initiator, the content ratio of the polymerization accelerator is preferably 0.05 mass in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention. % or more, usually 10 mass% or less, preferably 5 mass% or less, for example, 0.05 to 10 mass%, preferably 0.05 to 5 mass%. Moreover, the polymerization accelerator is usually used at a ratio of 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (c) photopolymerization initiator. By setting the content ratio of the polymerization accelerator to not less than the above-mentioned lower limit, it is possible to suppress the tendency of the sensitivity to exposure light to decrease, and by setting it to not more than the above-mentioned upper limit, it is possible to suppress the development of unexposed parts. The solubility in liquid is reduced and the tendency of poor development is suppressed.

又,於將增感色素與(c)光聚合起始劑一併使用之情形時,關於增感色素之含有比率,於本發明之感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.2質量%以上,進而較佳為0.3質量%以上,又,較佳為5質量%以下,更佳為4質量%以下,進而較佳為3質量%以下。例如,較佳為0.1~5質量%,更佳為0.2~4質量%,進而較佳為0.3~3質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有光硬化性提高,表面粗糙度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯影溶解性提高之傾向。Furthermore, when a sensitizing dye is used together with (c) the photopolymerization initiator, the content ratio of the sensitizing dye in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 mass% or more, more preferably 0.2 mass% or more, further preferably 0.3 mass% or more, and preferably 5 mass% or less, more preferably 4 mass% or less, still more preferably 3 mass% or less. For example, the content is preferably 0.1 to 5 mass%, more preferably 0.2 to 4 mass%, and still more preferably 0.3 to 3 mass%. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the photocurability tends to be improved and the surface roughness is improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the development solubility tends to be improved.

關於(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比率,於本發明之感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中,通常為1質量%以上,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為30質量%以上,尤佳為40質量%以上,最佳為50質量%以上,又,通常為80質量%以下,較佳為70質量%以下,更佳為65質量%以下。例如,較佳為1~80質量%,更佳為5~80質量%,進而較佳為10~70質量%,更進而較佳為20~70質量%,尤佳為30~70質量%,尤佳為40~65質量%,最佳為50~65質量%以上。藉由將(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有機械特性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯影溶解性提高之傾向。The content ratio of (d) the ethylenically unsaturated compound is usually 1 mass % or more, preferably 5 mass % or more, and more preferably 10 mass % in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention. or above, more preferably 20 mass% or more, more preferably 30 mass% or more, particularly preferably 40 mass% or more, most preferably 50 mass% or more, and usually 80 mass% or less, preferably 70 mass% or less, more preferably 65% by mass or less. For example, 1 to 80 mass % is preferred, 5 to 80 mass % is more preferred, 10 to 70 mass % is still more preferred, 20 to 70 mass % is still more preferred, and 30 to 70 mass % is particularly preferred. Particularly preferably, it is 40 to 65% by mass, and most preferably 50 to 65% by mass or more. By setting the content ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (d) to the above lower limit value or more, the mechanical properties tend to be improved, and by setting the content ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (d) to the above upper limit value or below, the development solubility tends to be improved.

另一方面,(b)鹼可溶性樹脂相對於(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物100質量份之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為10質量份以上,更佳為20質量份以上,進而較佳為30質量份以上,尤佳為40質量份以上,又,通常為150質量份以下,較佳為120質量份以下,更佳為100質量份以下,進而較佳為70質量份以下。例如,較佳為10~150質量份,更佳為20~120質量份,進而較佳為30~100質量份,尤佳為40~70質量份。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有顯影溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有機械特性變得良好之傾向。On the other hand, the content ratio of (b) alkali-soluble resin to 100 parts by mass of (d) ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably It is 30 parts by mass or more, preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and usually 150 parts by mass or less, preferably 120 parts by mass or less, more preferably 100 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 70 parts by mass or less. For example, 10 to 150 parts by mass is preferred, 20 to 120 parts by mass is more preferred, 30 to 100 parts by mass is further preferred, and 40 to 70 parts by mass is particularly preferred. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the development solubility tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, the mechanical characteristics tend to become favorable.

再者,本發明之感光性著色組合物藉由使用(e)溶劑,其全部固形物成分之含有比率通常為5質量%以上,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為15質量%以上,又,通常以成為50質量%以下、較佳為30質量%以下、更佳為25質量%以下之方式配製。例如,較佳為5~50質量%,更佳為10~30質量%,進而較佳為15~25質量%。Furthermore, in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, by using (e) the solvent, the content ratio of the total solid content is usually 5 mass % or more, preferably 10 mass % or more, more preferably 15 mass % or more. Moreover, it is usually formulated so that it may become 50 mass % or less, Preferably it is 30 mass % or less, More preferably, it is 25 mass % or less. For example, 5 to 50 mass% is preferred, 10 to 30 mass% is more preferred, and 15 to 25 mass% is still more preferred.

於本發明之感光性著色組合物包含(f)分散劑之情形時,(f)分散劑之含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中,通常為0.5質量%以上,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為1.5質量%以上,又,通常為30質量%以下,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以下,尤佳為5質量%以下。例如,較佳為0.5~30質量%,更佳為0.5~20質量%,進而較佳為1~15質量%,更進而較佳為1~10質量%,尤佳為1.5~5質量%。藉由將(f)分散劑之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有保存穩定性提高之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯示可靠性提高之傾向。When the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains the (f) dispersant, the content ratio of the (f) dispersant in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 0.5 mass % or more, preferably 1 mass% or more, more preferably 1.5 mass% or more, and usually 30 mass% or less, preferably 20 mass% or less, more preferably 15 mass% or less, further preferably 10 mass% or less, particularly preferably 5% by mass or less. For example, 0.5 to 30 mass% is preferred, 0.5 to 20 mass% is more preferred, 1 to 15 mass% is still more preferred, 1 to 10 mass% is still more preferred, and 1.5 to 5 mass% is particularly preferred. By setting the content ratio of the dispersing agent (f) to the above lower limit value or more, the storage stability tends to be improved, and by setting the content ratio of the dispersant (f) to the above upper limit value or less, the display reliability tends to be improved.

又,(f)分散劑相對於(a)著色劑100質量份之含有比率通常為5質量份以上,更佳為10質量份以上,進而較佳為20質量份以上,且通常為50質量份以下,尤佳為40質量份以下。例如,較佳為5~50質量份,更佳為10~50質量份,進而較佳為20~40質量份。藉由將(f)分散劑之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有保存穩定性提高之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有顯示可靠性提高之傾向。Moreover, the content ratio of the (f) dispersant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant is usually 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, further preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and usually 50 parts by mass. or less, particularly preferably 40 parts by mass or less. For example, 5 to 50 parts by mass is preferable, 10 to 50 parts by mass is more preferable, and 20 to 40 parts by mass is still more preferable. By setting the content ratio of the dispersing agent (f) to the above lower limit value or more, the storage stability tends to be improved, and by setting the content ratio of the dispersant (f) to the above upper limit value or less, the display reliability tends to be improved.

於使用密接提昇劑之情形時,其含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中,通常為0.1質量%以上,較佳為0.2質量%以上,更佳為0.5質量%以上,又,通常為30質量%以下,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下,進而較佳為5質量%以下,尤佳為3質量%以下。例如,較佳為0.1~30質量%,更佳為0.2~20質量%,進而較佳為0.2~10質量%,更進而較佳為0.5~5質量%,尤佳為0.5~3質量%。藉由將密接提昇劑之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有密接性提高之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有殘渣減少之傾向。When an adhesive improving agent is used, its content ratio in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 0.1 mass% or more, preferably 0.2 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and, It is usually 30 mass% or less, preferably 20 mass% or less, more preferably 10 mass% or less, further preferably 5 mass% or less, particularly preferably 3 mass% or less. For example, 0.1 to 30 mass% is preferred, 0.2 to 20 mass% is more preferred, 0.2 to 10 mass% is still more preferred, 0.5 to 5 mass% is still more preferred, and 0.5 to 3 mass% is particularly preferred. By setting the content ratio of the adhesion improving agent to be equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, adhesion tends to be improved, and by being equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, residues tend to be reduced.

又,於使用界面活性劑之情形時,其含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中,通常為0.001~10質量%,較佳為0.005~1質量%,進而較佳為0.01~0.5質量%,最佳為0.03~0.3質量%。藉由將界面活性劑之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有容易表現出塗佈膜之平滑性、均一性之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有容易表現出塗佈膜之平滑性、均一性,亦可抑制其他特性之惡化之傾向。Moreover, when a surfactant is used, its content ratio in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 0.001 to 10 mass %, preferably 0.005 to 1 mass %, and further preferably 0.01 to 1 mass %. 0.5% by mass, preferably 0.03 to 0.3% by mass. By setting the content ratio of the surfactant above the above lower limit, the smoothness and uniformity of the coating film tend to be easily expressed, and by setting the content ratio below the above upper limit, the smoothness and uniformity of the coating film tend to be easily expressed. The smoothness and uniformity of the film can also inhibit the deterioration of other characteristics.

於使用巰基化合物之情形時,其含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中,通常為0.1質量%以上,較佳為0.2質量%以上,更佳為0.5質量%以上,又,通常為30質量%以下,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下,進而較佳為5質量%以下,尤佳為3質量%以下。例如,較佳為0.1~30質量%,更佳為0.2~20質量%,進而較佳為0.2~10質量%,更進而較佳為0.5~5質量%,尤佳為0.5~3質量%。藉由將巰基化合物之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有光硬化性提高,表面粗糙度提高之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有保存穩定性提高之傾向。When a mercapto compound is used, its content ratio in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 0.1 mass% or more, preferably 0.2 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and usually It is 30 mass % or less, preferably 20 mass % or less, more preferably 10 mass % or less, further preferably 5 mass % or less, particularly preferably 3 mass % or less. For example, 0.1 to 30 mass% is preferred, 0.2 to 20 mass% is more preferred, 0.2 to 10 mass% is still more preferred, 0.5 to 5 mass% is still more preferred, and 0.5 to 3 mass% is particularly preferred. By setting the content ratio of the mercapto compound to be not less than the above-mentioned lower limit, the photocurability tends to be improved and the surface roughness is improved, and by being not more than the above-mentioned upper limit, the storage stability tends to be improved.

於使用聚合抑制劑之情形時,其含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中,通常為0.05質量%以上,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.2質量%以上,又,通常為2質量%以下,較佳為1質量%以下,更佳為0.8質量%以下,進而較佳為0.7質量%以下,尤佳為0.5質量%以下。例如,較佳為0.05~2質量%,更佳為0.05~1質量%,進而較佳為0.1~0.8質量%,更進而較佳為0.1~0.7質量%,尤佳為0.2~0.5質量%。藉由將聚合抑制劑之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,有解像度增高之傾向,且藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性增高之傾向。When a polymerization inhibitor is used, its content ratio in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 0.05 mass% or more, preferably 0.1 mass% or more, more preferably 0.2 mass% or more, and, It is usually 2 mass% or less, preferably 1 mass% or less, more preferably 0.8 mass% or less, further preferably 0.7 mass% or less, particularly preferably 0.5 mass% or less. For example, 0.05 to 2 mass% is preferred, 0.05 to 1 mass% is more preferred, 0.1 to 0.8 mass% is still more preferred, 0.1 to 0.7 mass% is still more preferred, and 0.2 to 0.5 mass% is particularly preferred. By setting the content ratio of the polymerization inhibitor to be equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the resolution tends to be increased, and by being equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the curability tends to be increased.

<感光性著色組合物之物性> 本發明之感光性著色組合物可適宜地用於著色間隔物形成用,就用作著色間隔物作之觀點而言,較佳為其塗膜之膜厚每1 μm之光學密度(OD)較高。關於使本發明之感光性著色組合物硬化而獲得之著色間隔物單獨,較佳為0.1以上,更佳為0.15以上,進而較佳為0.2以上,更進而較佳為0.25以上。此處,光學密度(OD)係藉由下述方法測定之值。<Physical properties of photosensitive coloring composition> The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can be suitably used for forming colored spacers. From the viewpoint of being used as a colored spacer, it is preferable that the optical density (OD) per 1 μm of the film thickness of the coating film is relatively high. high. Regarding the colored spacer obtained by hardening the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention alone, it is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.15 or more, still more preferably 0.2 or more, and even more preferably 0.25 or more. Here, the optical density (OD) is a value measured by the following method.

<感光性著色組合物之製造方法> 本發明之感光性著色組合物係依據常法製造。 通常,(a)著色劑較佳為預先使用塗料調節器、砂磨機、球磨機、輥磨機、石磨機、噴射磨機、均質機等進行分散處理。藉由分散處理(a)著色劑進行微粒子化,故而感光性著色組合物之塗佈特性提高。<Production method of photosensitive coloring composition> The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is produced according to conventional methods. Generally, (a) the coloring agent is preferably dispersed in advance using a paint conditioner, a sand mill, a ball mill, a roller mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, or the like. The coloring agent is finely divided by the dispersion treatment (a), thereby improving the coating properties of the photosensitive coloring composition.

分散處理通常較佳為於併用(a)著色劑、(e)溶劑、及(f)分散劑、視需要之(b)鹼可溶性樹脂之一部分或全部之系統中進行(以下,有時將供於分散處理之混合物、及該處理中所獲得之組合物稱為「油墨」或「顏料分散液」)。尤其是若使用高分子分散劑作為(f)分散劑,則抑制所獲得之油墨及感光性著色組合物之經時增黏(分散穩定性優異),故而較佳。 如此,於製造感光性著色組合物之步驟中,較佳為製造至少含有(a)著色劑、(e)溶劑、及(f)分散劑之顏料分散液。作為於顏料分散液中可使用之(a)著色劑、(e)溶劑、及(f)分散劑,分別可較佳地採用作為可用於感光性著色組合物者而記載者。The dispersion treatment is usually preferably carried out in a system in which part or all of (a) colorant, (e) solvent, (f) dispersant, and optionally (b) alkali-soluble resin are used in combination (hereinafter, it may be referred to as The mixture in the dispersion process and the composition obtained in the process are called "ink" or "pigment dispersion"). In particular, it is preferable to use a polymer dispersant as the (f) dispersant because the thickening of the obtained ink and photosensitive coloring composition over time is suppressed (excellent dispersion stability). In this way, in the step of producing the photosensitive coloring composition, it is preferable to produce a pigment dispersion liquid containing at least (a) a colorant, (e) a solvent, and (f) a dispersant. As the (a) colorant, (e) solvent, and (f) dispersant that can be used in the pigment dispersion liquid, those described as being usable in the photosensitive coloring composition can each be preferably used.

再者,於對含有調配至感光性著色組合物中之全部成分之液體進行分散處理之情形時,因於分散處理時所產生之發熱,高反應性之成分有可能進行改性。因此,較佳為利用不含(c)光聚合起始劑或(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物之系統進行分散處理。 於利用砂磨機使(a)著色劑分散之情形時,可較佳地使用0.1~8 mm左右之粒徑之玻璃珠或氧化鋯珠。分散處理條件中,溫度通常為0℃至100℃,較佳為室溫至80℃之範圍。根據液體之組成及分散處理裝置之尺寸等,分散時間有適宜時間不同之傾向,只要適當調節即可。分散之標準為以將顏料分散液或感光性著色組合物塗佈於基板時之20度鏡面光澤度(JIS Z8741)成為50~300之範圍之方式,控制油墨之光澤。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可抑制分散處理不充分而殘留粗疏之顏料((a)著色劑)粒子,容易使顯影性、密接性、解像性等變得充分者之傾向。又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制顏料粉碎而產生大量超微粒子,可使分散穩定性變得良好者之傾向。Furthermore, when a liquid containing all the components blended into the photosensitive coloring composition is subjected to a dispersion process, highly reactive components may be modified due to the heat generated during the dispersion process. Therefore, it is preferable to perform the dispersion treatment using a system that does not contain (c) a photopolymerization initiator or (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. When dispersing (a) the colorant using a sand mill, glass beads or zirconia beads with a particle size of about 0.1 to 8 mm can be preferably used. In the dispersion treatment conditions, the temperature is usually in the range of 0°C to 100°C, preferably in the range of room temperature to 80°C. Depending on the composition of the liquid and the size of the dispersion processing device, the appropriate dispersion time tends to vary, and it can be adjusted appropriately. The dispersion standard is to control the gloss of the ink so that the 20-degree specular gloss (JIS Z8741) when the pigment dispersion or photosensitive coloring composition is applied to the substrate is in the range of 50 to 300. By being equal to or above the above lower limit, it is possible to suppress the tendency that the dispersion treatment is insufficient and coarse pigment ((a) colorant) particles remain, making it easier to achieve sufficient developability, adhesion, resolution, etc. In addition, by setting it below the above upper limit, it is possible to suppress the pigment from being pulverized and generate a large number of ultrafine particles, thereby tending to improve the dispersion stability.

又,分散於油墨中之顏料之分散粒徑通常為0.03~0.3 μm,係藉由動態光散射法等測定。 其次,混合藉由上述分散處理所獲得之油墨與感光性著色組合物中所含之上述其他成分,製成均勻之溶液。於感光性著色組合物之製造步驟中,微細之污物混入液體中之情況較多,故而所獲得之感光性著色組合物較理想的是利用過濾器等進行過濾處理。In addition, the dispersed particle size of the pigment dispersed in the ink is usually 0.03 to 0.3 μm, and is measured by a dynamic light scattering method or the like. Next, the ink obtained by the above-mentioned dispersion treatment and the above-mentioned other components contained in the photosensitive coloring composition are mixed to prepare a uniform solution. In the production process of the photosensitive coloring composition, fine contaminants are often mixed into the liquid, so the obtained photosensitive coloring composition is preferably filtered using a filter or the like.

[硬化物] 本發明之硬化物可藉由使本發明之感光性著色組合物硬化而獲得。使感光性著色組合物硬化而成之硬化物可適宜地用作著色間隔物。[hardened material] The cured product of the present invention can be obtained by curing the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention. A hardened product obtained by hardening the photosensitive coloring composition can be suitably used as a coloring spacer.

[著色間隔物] 其次,對由本發明之硬化物所構成之本發明之著色間隔物,依據其製造方法進行說明。[Colored spacers] Next, the colored spacer of the present invention composed of the hardened material of the present invention will be described based on its manufacturing method.

(1)支持體 作為用以形成著色間隔物之支持體,只要具有適度之強度,則其材質並無特別限定。主要使用透明基板,作為材質,例如可例舉:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯系樹脂、聚丙烯、聚乙烯等聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚碸等熱塑性樹脂製片材、環氧樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、聚(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂等熱硬化性樹脂片材、或各種玻璃等。其中,就耐熱性之觀點而言,較佳為玻璃、耐熱性樹脂。又,亦存在於基板之表面成膜ITO(Indium Tin Oxide,氧化銦錫)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide,氧化銦鋅)等之透明電極之情形。除了透明基板以外,亦可形成於TFT陣列上。(1)Support The material of the support used to form the colored spacer is not particularly limited as long as it has appropriate strength. Transparent substrates are mainly used. Examples of materials include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, and polyethylene terephthalate. Thermoplastic resin sheets such as turmeric, thermosetting resin sheets such as epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, poly(meth)acrylic resin, or various glasses. Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, glass and heat-resistant resin are preferred. In addition, there are cases where transparent electrodes such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) are formed on the surface of the substrate. In addition to transparent substrates, it can also be formed on TFT arrays.

為了改良接著性等表面物性,視需要可對支持體進行電暈放電處理、臭氧處理、矽烷偶合劑、或胺基甲酸酯系樹脂等各種樹脂之薄膜形成處理等。 透明基板之厚度通常設為0.05~10 mm、較佳為0.1~7 mm之範圍。又,於進行各種樹脂之薄膜形成處理之情形時,其膜厚通常為0.01~10 μm、較佳為0.05~5 μm之範圍。In order to improve surface physical properties such as adhesion, the support may be subjected to corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, film formation treatment with various resins such as silane coupling agent or urethane resin, if necessary. The thickness of the transparent substrate is usually in the range of 0.05 to 10 mm, preferably in the range of 0.1 to 7 mm. In addition, when performing thin film formation processing of various resins, the film thickness is usually in the range of 0.01 to 10 μm, preferably 0.05 to 5 μm.

(2)著色間隔物 本發明之感光性著色組合物可用於與公知之彩色濾光片用感光性著色組合物同樣之用途,以下,對用作著色間隔物之情形時,說明其形成方法。(2) Colored spacers The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can be used for the same purposes as known photosensitive coloring compositions for color filters. When used as a coloring spacer, the formation method will be described below.

通常,於應設置著色間隔物之支持體上,藉由塗佈等方法以膜狀或圖案狀供給感光性著色組合物,並使溶劑乾燥。繼而,藉由進行曝光-顯影之光微影法等方法進行圖案形成。其後,視需要進行追加曝光或熱硬化處理,藉此於該支持體上形成著色間隔物。Usually, the photosensitive coloring composition is supplied in the form of a film or a pattern by a method such as coating on a support to be provided with a coloring spacer, and the solvent is dried. Then, pattern formation is performed by methods such as photolithography that performs exposure and development. Thereafter, if necessary, additional exposure or thermal hardening treatment is performed to form colored spacers on the support.

(3)著色間隔物之形成 [1]向基板之供給方法 本發明之感光性著色組合物通常於溶解或分散於溶劑中之狀態下向支持體上供給。作為其供給方法,可藉由先前公知之方法,例如旋轉法、線棒塗佈法、流塗法、模嘴塗佈法、輥塗法、噴塗法等來進行。又,可藉由噴墨法或印刷法等供給成圖案狀。其中,根據模嘴塗佈法,塗佈液之使用量得到大幅削減,且無利用旋轉塗佈法時會附著之薄霧等之影響,異物產生得到抑制等,就綜合性之觀點而言較佳。(3) Formation of colored spacers [1] Supply method to substrate The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is usually supplied on a support in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. As the supply method, conventionally known methods can be used, such as spin method, wire bar coating method, flow coating method, die coating method, roller coating method, spray coating method, etc. Moreover, it can be supplied in the form of a pattern by an inkjet method, a printing method, etc. Among them, according to the die nozzle coating method, the usage amount of coating liquid can be greatly reduced, and there is no influence of mist, etc. that may adhere when using the spin coating method, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed. From a comprehensive point of view, it is relatively good.

塗佈量根據用途而有所不同,例如於著色間隔物之情形時,以乾燥膜厚計通常為0.5 μm~10 μm,較佳為1 μm~9 μm,尤佳為1 μm~7 μm之範圍。又,重要的是乾燥膜厚或最終形成之間隔物之高度於整個基板上較均一。於不均較大之情形時,存在於液晶面板產生顯示斑等缺陷之情形。The coating amount varies depending on the application. For example, in the case of colored spacers, the dry film thickness is usually 0.5 μm to 10 μm, preferably 1 μm to 9 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm to 7 μm. Scope. Furthermore, it is important that the dry film thickness or the final height of the spacers is relatively uniform over the entire substrate. When the unevenness is large, defects such as display spots may occur in the liquid crystal panel.

其中,於使用本發明之感光性著色組合物,藉由光微影法一次性地形成高度不同之著色間隔物之情形時,最終形成之著色間隔物之高度會不同。Among them, when the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is used to form colored spacers with different heights at one time by photolithography, the heights of the colored spacers finally formed will be different.

再者,作為基板,可使用玻璃基板等公知之基板。又,基板表面較適宜為平面。In addition, as the substrate, a known substrate such as a glass substrate can be used. In addition, the surface of the substrate is preferably flat.

[2]乾燥方法 向基板上供給感光性著色組合物後之乾燥較佳為利用使用加熱板、IR(Infrared Radiation,紅外線輻射)烘箱、對流烘箱之乾燥方法。又,亦可組合不提高溫度而於減壓室內進行乾燥之減壓乾燥法。[2]Drying method The drying method after supplying the photosensitive coloring composition to the substrate is preferably a drying method using a hot plate, an IR (Infrared Radiation, infrared radiation) oven, or a convection oven. In addition, a reduced pressure drying method that performs drying in a reduced pressure chamber without raising the temperature may be combined.

乾燥溫度及乾燥時間等乾燥條件可視溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機之性能等適當選擇。通常於40℃~130℃之溫度下於15秒鐘~5分鐘之範圍內進行選擇,較佳為於50℃~110℃之溫度下於30秒鐘~3分鐘之範圍內進行選擇。Drying conditions such as drying temperature and drying time can be appropriately selected depending on the type of solvent components and the performance of the dryer used. It is usually selected within the range of 15 seconds to 5 minutes at a temperature of 40°C to 130°C, preferably within a range of 30 seconds to 3 minutes at a temperature of 50°C to 110°C.

[3]曝光方法 曝光係於感光性著色組合物之塗佈膜上重疊負型之遮罩圖案,介隔該遮罩圖案照射紫外線或可見光之光源來進行。於使用曝光遮罩進行曝光之情形時,可藉由使曝光遮罩接近於感光性著色組合物之塗佈膜之方法;或將曝光遮罩配置於遠離感光性著色組合物之塗佈膜之位置,投影經由該曝光遮罩之曝光之光之方法。又,亦可藉由不使用遮罩圖案之利用雷射光之掃描曝光方式。此時,視需要為了防止由氧所引起之光聚合性層之感度降低,可於脫氧氣氛下進行,或於在光聚合性層上形成聚乙烯醇層等隔氧層後進行曝光。[3]Exposure method Exposure is performed by superimposing a negative mask pattern on the coating film of the photosensitive coloring composition and irradiating a light source of ultraviolet rays or visible light through the mask pattern. When an exposure mask is used for exposure, the exposure mask can be brought close to the coating film of the photosensitive coloring composition; or the exposure mask can be placed away from the coating film of the photosensitive coloring composition. The position and method of projecting the exposure light through this exposure mask. In addition, a scanning exposure method using laser light without using a mask pattern can also be used. At this time, if necessary, in order to prevent the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer from decreasing due to oxygen, the exposure can be performed in a deoxidizing atmosphere, or after forming an oxygen barrier layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer on the photopolymerizable layer.

作為本發明之較佳之態樣,於藉由光微影法同時形成高度不同之著色間隔物之情形時,例如使用如下曝光遮罩,其具有:遮光部(光透過率0%);及作為複數個開口部之平均光透過率最高之開口部(完全透過開口部)及平均光透過率較低之開口部(中間透過開口部)。藉由該方法,利用中間透過開口部與完全透過開口部之平均光透過率之差、即曝光量之差,產生殘膜率之差異。 已知有中間透過開口部例如利用具有微小之多邊形之遮光單元的矩陣狀遮光圖案製作之方法等。又,已知有利用作為吸收體之鉻系、鉬系、鎢系、矽系等材料之膜,控制光透過率而製作之方法等。As a preferred aspect of the present invention, when color spacers with different heights are simultaneously formed by photolithography, for example, the following exposure mask is used, which has: a light shielding portion (light transmittance 0%); and as Among the plurality of openings, the opening has the highest average light transmittance (complete transmission opening) and the opening has a lower average light transmittance (intermediate transmission opening). With this method, the difference in average light transmittance between the intermediate transmission opening and the complete transmission opening, that is, the difference in exposure, is used to generate a difference in the remaining film rate. A method of producing a matrix light-shielding pattern using minute polygonal light-shielding units for the intermediate transmission opening is known. In addition, there is known a method of producing a film using a chromium-based, molybdenum-based, tungsten-based, silicon-based material as an absorber and controlling the light transmittance.

上述曝光中所使用之光源並無特別限定。作為光源,例如可例舉:氙燈、鹵素燈、鎢燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、中壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、碳弧、螢光燈等燈光源;或氬離子雷射、YAG雷射、準分子雷射、氮雷射、氦鎘雷射、藍紫色半導體雷射、近紅外半導體雷射等雷射光源等。於照射特定之波長之光而使用之情形時,亦可利用光學濾光片。The light source used in the above exposure is not particularly limited. Examples of the light source include: xenon lamp, halogen lamp, tungsten lamp, high-pressure mercury lamp, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, metal halide lamp, medium-pressure mercury lamp, low-pressure mercury lamp, carbon arc, fluorescent lamp and other light sources; or argon ion laser , YAG laser, excimer laser, nitrogen laser, helium-cadmium laser, blue-violet semiconductor laser, near-infrared semiconductor laser and other laser light sources. Optical filters can also be used when using light of a specific wavelength.

作為光學濾光片,例如可為可利用薄膜控制曝光波長下之光透過率之類型,作為該情形時之材質,例如可例舉:Cr化合物(Cr之氧化物、氮化物、氮氧化物、氟化物等)、MoSi、Si、W、Al等。The optical filter may be, for example, a type in which the light transmittance at the exposure wavelength can be controlled using a thin film. In this case, the material may be, for example, Cr compounds (Cr oxides, nitrides, nitrogen oxides, Fluoride, etc.), MoSi, Si, W, Al, etc.

作為曝光量,通常為1 mJ/cm2 以上,較佳為5 mJ/cm2 以上,更佳為10 mJ/cm2 以上,且通常為300 mJ/cm2 以下,較佳為200 mJ/cm2 以下,更佳為150 mJ/cm2 以下。 又,於接近曝光方式之情形時,作為曝光對象與遮罩圖案之距離,通常為10 μm以上,較佳為50 μm以上,更佳為75 μm以上,且通常為500 μm以下,較佳為400 μm以下,更佳為300 μm以下。The exposure amount is usually 1 mJ/cm 2 or more, preferably 5 mJ/cm 2 or more, more preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 or more, and usually 300 mJ/cm 2 or less, preferably 200 mJ/cm 2 or less, more preferably 150 mJ/cm 2 or less. In the case of a close exposure method, the distance between the exposure object and the mask pattern is usually 10 μm or more, preferably 50 μm or more, more preferably 75 μm or more, and usually 500 μm or less, preferably 500 μm or less. 400 μm or less, more preferably 300 μm or less.

[4]顯影方法 於進行上述曝光後,藉由使用鹼性化合物之水溶液、或有機溶劑之顯影,可於基板上形成圖像圖案。於該水溶液中,可進而包含界面活性劑、有機溶劑、緩衝劑、錯合劑、染料或顏料。[4]Developing method After the above exposure, an image pattern can be formed on the substrate by development using an aqueous solution of a basic compound or an organic solvent. The aqueous solution may further contain surfactants, organic solvents, buffers, complexing agents, dyes or pigments.

作為鹼性化合物,可例舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸氫鉀、磷酸二氫鈉、磷酸二氫鉀、氫氧化銨等無機鹼性化合物、或單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺或三乙醇胺、單甲基胺、二甲基胺或三甲基胺、單乙基胺、二乙基胺或三乙基胺、單丙基胺或二異丙基胺、正丁基胺、單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺或三異丙醇胺、伸乙亞胺、伸乙二亞胺、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)、膽鹼等有機鹼性化合物。該等鹼性化合物可為2種以上之混合物。Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and sodium phosphate. , potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide and other inorganic alkaline compounds, or monoethanolamine, diethanolamine or triethanolamine, monomethylamine, dimethylamine or trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine or triethylamine, monopropylamine or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine or triethylamine Organic alkaline compounds such as isopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline, etc. These basic compounds may be a mixture of two or more types.

作為上述界面活性劑,例如可例舉:聚氧乙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基酯類、山梨糖醇酐烷基酯類、單甘油酯烷基酯類等非離子系界面活性劑;烷基苯磺酸鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基磺酸鹽類、磺基琥珀酸酯鹽類等陰離子性界面活性劑;烷基甜菜鹼類、胺基酸類等兩性界面活性劑。Examples of the surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglyceride alkyl esters. Nonionic surfactants such as esters; anionic surfactants such as alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl naphthalene sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, sulfosuccinate salts, etc. Surfactants; amphoteric surfactants such as alkyl betaines and amino acids.

作為有機溶劑,例如可例舉:異丙醇、苄醇、乙基溶纖劑、丁基溶纖劑、苯基溶纖劑、丙二醇、二丙酮醇等。有機溶劑可單獨使用,亦可併用水溶液而使用。Examples of the organic solvent include isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, and the like. The organic solvent can be used alone or in combination with an aqueous solution.

顯影處理之條件並無特別限制,通常可於顯影溫度為10~50℃之範圍、其中15~45℃、尤佳為20~40℃下,顯影方法利用浸漬顯影法、噴霧顯影法、磁刷顯影法、超音波顯影法等中之任一種方法進行。The conditions for the development treatment are not particularly limited. Usually, the development temperature can be in the range of 10 to 50°C, with 15 to 45°C, especially 20 to 40°C. The development method can be immersion development, spray development, or magnetic brush. It can be performed by any method such as development method, ultrasonic development method, etc.

[5]追加曝光及熱硬化處理 於顯影後之基板上,視需要可藉由與上述曝光方法同樣之方法進行追加曝光,又,亦可進行熱硬化處理。關於此時之熱硬化處理條件,溫度係於100℃~280℃之範圍、較佳為150℃~250℃之範圍內選擇,時間係於5分鐘~60分鐘之範圍內選擇。[5]Additional exposure and thermal hardening treatment On the developed substrate, if necessary, additional exposure can be performed by the same method as the above-mentioned exposure method, and thermal hardening treatment can also be performed. Regarding the thermal hardening treatment conditions at this time, the temperature is selected within the range of 100°C to 280°C, preferably 150°C to 250°C, and the time is selected within the range of 5 minutes to 60 minutes.

本發明之著色間隔物之大小或形狀等係根據應用其之彩色濾光片之規格等而適當調整,本發明之感光性著色組合物尤其對藉由光微影法同時形成間隔物與次間隔物之高度不同之著色間隔物有用,於該情形時,間隔物之高度通常為1~7 μm左右,次間隔物通常具有較間隔物低0.2~1.5 μm左右之高度。The size or shape of the colored spacer of the present invention is appropriately adjusted according to the specifications of the color filter to which it is applied. The photosensitive colored composition of the present invention is particularly suitable for the simultaneous formation of spacers and sub-spacers by photolithography. Colored spacers with different heights are useful. In this case, the height of the spacer is usually about 1 to 7 μm, and the secondary spacer usually has a height about 0.2 to 1.5 μm lower than the spacer.

[圖像顯示裝置] 本發明之圖像顯示裝置具備本發明之著色間隔物。 例如,藉由貼合上述具有本發明之著色間隔物之彩色濾光片與液晶驅動側基板而形成液晶單元,並向所形成之液晶單元中注入液晶,可製造具備本發明之著色間隔物之液晶顯示裝置等本發明之圖像顯示裝置。 [實施例][Image display device] The image display device of the present invention includes the colored spacer of the present invention. For example, by laminating the above-mentioned color filter having the colored spacer of the present invention and the liquid crystal driving side substrate to form a liquid crystal cell, and injecting liquid crystal into the formed liquid crystal cell, a device having the colored spacer of the present invention can be manufactured. An image display device of the present invention such as a liquid crystal display device. [Example]

其次,例舉實施例及比較例更具體地說明本發明,但本發明只要不超出其主旨,則並不限定於以下之實施例。 以下之實施例及比較例中所使用之感光性著色組合物之構成成分係如下所述。Next, the present invention will be explained more specifically with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following Examples as long as the gist of the invention is not exceeded. The components of the photosensitive coloring composition used in the following Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.

<鹼可溶性樹脂-I> 一面對丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145質量份進行氮氣置換一面進行攪拌,並升溫至120℃。向其中滴加苯乙烯10質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯85質量份及具有三環癸烷骨架之單甲基丙烯酸酯(日立化成公司製造之FA-513M)66質量份,歷時3小時滴加2,2'-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈8.5質量份,進而於90℃下持續攪拌2小時。其次將反應容器內置換成空氣,向丙烯酸43質量份中投入三-二甲基胺基甲基苯酚0.7質量份及對苯二酚0.12質量份,並於100℃下持續反應12小時。其後,添加四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐(THPA)56質量份、三乙基胺0.7質量份,於100℃下使之反應3.5小時。如此獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂-I之藉由GPC測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量Mw為8400,酸值為80 mgKOH/g。<Alkali-soluble resin-I> While 145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was replaced with nitrogen, the mixture was stirred and heated to 120°C. 10 parts by mass of styrene, 85 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 66 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise for 3 hours. 8.5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile was added, and stirring was continued at 90°C for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was replaced with air, 0.7 parts by mass of tris-dimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 43 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 100° C. for 12 hours. Thereafter, 56 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added, and the mixture was reacted at 100° C. for 3.5 hours. The alkali-soluble resin-I thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene of 8400 and an acid value of 80 mgKOH/g.

<鹼可溶性樹脂-II> 一面對丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯124質量份進行氮氣置換一面進行攪拌,並升溫至120℃。向其中滴加苯乙烯4質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯132質量份及具有三環癸烷骨架之單甲基丙烯酸酯(日立化成公司製造之FA-513M)4質量份,並歷時3小時滴加2,2'-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈7.2質量份,進而於90℃下持續攪拌2小時。其次將反應容器內置換成空氣,向丙烯酸67質量份中投入三-二甲基胺基甲基苯酚0.6質量份及對苯二酚0.12質量份,於100℃下持續反應12小時。其後,添加四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐(THPA)15質量份、三乙基胺0.6質量份,並於100℃下使之反應3.5小時。如此獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂-II之藉由GPC測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量Mw為9000,酸值為24 mgKOH/g,雙鍵當量為260 g/ mol。<Alkali-soluble resin-II> The mixture was stirred while replacing 124 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate with nitrogen, and the temperature was raised to 120°C. 4 parts by mass of styrene, 132 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 4 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise thereto for 3 hours. 7.2 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile was added dropwise, and stirring was continued at 90° C. for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was replaced with air, 0.6 parts by mass of tris-dimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 67 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 100° C. for 12 hours. Thereafter, 15 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.6 parts by mass of triethylamine were added, and the mixture was reacted at 100° C. for 3.5 hours. The alkali-soluble resin-II thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene of 9000, an acid value of 24 mgKOH/g, and a double bond equivalent of 260 g/mol.

<分散劑-I> BYK-Chemie公司製造之「BYK-LPN21116」(包含於側鏈上具有四級銨鹽基及三級胺基之A嵌段與不具有四級銨鹽基及三級胺基之B嵌段的丙烯酸系A-B嵌段共聚物。胺值為70 mgKOH/g。酸值為1 mgKOH/g以下)。 於分散劑-I之A嵌段中包含下述式(1a)及(2a)之重複單元,於B嵌段中包含下述式(3a)之重複單元。下述式(1a)、(2a)、及(3a)之重複單元於分散劑-I之全部重複單元中所占的含有比率分別為11.1莫耳%、22.2莫耳%、6.7莫耳%。<Dispersant-I> "BYK-LPN21116" manufactured by BYK-Chemie (comprising an A block with a quaternary ammonium salt group and a tertiary amine group on the side chain and a B block without a quaternary ammonium salt group and a tertiary amine group) Acrylic A-B block copolymer. Amine value is 70 mgKOH/g. Acid value is 1 mgKOH/g or less). The A block of dispersant-I contains repeating units of the following formulas (1a) and (2a), and the B block contains repeating units of the following formula (3a). The content ratios of the repeating units of the following formulas (1a), (2a), and (3a) in the total repeating units of the dispersant-I are 11.1 mol%, 22.2 mol%, and 6.7 mol% respectively.

[化50] [Chemical 50]

<溶劑-I> PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 <溶劑-II> MB:3-甲氧基丁醇<Solvent-I> PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate <Solvent-II> MB: 3-methoxybutanol

<光聚合起始劑-I> 黑金化成公司製造 2,2'-雙(鄰氯苯基)-4,5,4',5'-四苯基-1,2-聯咪唑 <光聚合起始劑-II> BASF公司製造 Irgacure(註冊商標)369 <巰基化合物> 東京化成公司製造 2-巰基苯并噻唑<Photopolymerization initiator-I> 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5,4',5'-tetraphenyl-1,2-biimidazole manufactured by Kurogane Chemicals Co., Ltd. <Photopolymerization Initiator-II> Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 made by BASF Corporation <Mercapto compound> 2-Mercaptobenzothiazole manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

<光聚合性單體> 日本化藥公司製造 DPHA(二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯)<Photopolymerizable monomer> DPHA (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.

<界面活性劑> DIC公司製造 MEGAFAC F-554 <添加劑-I> 日本化藥公司製造 KAYAMER(註冊商標) PM-21(含甲基丙烯醯基之磷酸酯) <添加劑-II> 精工化學公司製造 甲基對苯二酚<Surface active agent> MEGAFAC F-554 manufactured by DIC Corporation <Additive-I> KAYAMER (registered trademark) PM-21 (methacrylyl-containing phosphate) manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. <Additive-II> Methylhydroquinone manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.

<顏料分散液1~7之製備> 以成為表1中所記載之質量比之方式,混合表1中所記載之顏料、分散劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、及溶劑而獲得混合液。再者,於表1中之溶劑之調配比率中亦包源自含分散劑及鹼可溶性樹脂之溶劑的量。 對該混合液利用塗料振盪器於25~45℃之範圍內進行分散處理3小時。使用0.5 mm之氧化鋯珠作為珠粒,並添加分散液之2.5倍之質量。分散結束後,利用過濾器分離珠粒與分散液而製備顏料分散液1~7。<Preparation of Pigment Dispersions 1 to 7> The pigments, dispersants, alkali-soluble resins, and solvents described in Table 1 were mixed so as to obtain the mass ratios described in Table 1 to obtain a mixed liquid. Furthermore, the solvent preparation ratio in Table 1 also includes the amount of the solvent derived from the dispersant and the alkali-soluble resin. The mixed liquid was dispersed using a paint shaker in the range of 25 to 45° C. for 3 hours. Use 0.5 mm Zirconia beads were used as beads, and 2.5 times the mass of the dispersion was added. After the dispersion is completed, the beads and the dispersion liquid are separated using a filter to prepare pigment dispersion liquids 1 to 7.

[表1]    顏料分散液1 顏料分散液2 顏料分散液3 顏料分散液4 顏料分散液5 顏料分散液6 顏料分散液7 調配比率(質量份) 顏料 C.I.顏料橙64 33 10    100       33 C.I.顏料橙72             100       C.I.顏料紫29 67 35 100             C.I.顏料紫23                   67 C.I.顏料藍60    55          100    分散劑(固形物成分換算) 分散劑-I 29 20 33 20 20 20 100 鹼可溶性樹脂(固形物成分換算) 鹼可溶性樹脂-I 33 33 33 33 33 33 100 溶劑 溶劑-I 389 367 398 367 367 367 720 溶劑-II 97 92 100 92 92 92 180 [Table 1] Pigment dispersion 1 Pigment dispersion 2 Pigment dispersion 3 Pigment dispersion 4 Pigment dispersion 5 Pigment dispersion 6 Pigment dispersion 7 Mixing ratio (mass parts) Pigments CI Pigment Orange 64 33 10 100 33 CI Pigment Orange 72 100 CI Pigment Violet 29 67 35 100 CI Pigment Violet 23 67 CI Pigment Blue 60 55 100 Dispersant (solid content conversion) Dispersant-I 29 20 33 20 20 20 100 Alkali-soluble resin (solid content conversion) Alkali soluble resin-I 33 33 33 33 33 33 100 Solvent Solvent-I 389 367 398 367 367 367 720 Solvent-II 97 92 100 92 92 92 180

<感光性著色組合物1~13之製備> [實施例1~8及比較例1~5] 使用上述製備之顏料分散液1~7,以全部固形物成分中之各成分之固形物成分的比率成為表2或表3之調配比率之方式添加各成分,進而以全部固形物成分之含有比率成為19質量%之方式添加PGMEA,進行攪拌,使之溶解,而製備感光性著色組合物1~13。使用所獲得之各感光性著色組合物,藉由下述方法進行評價。<Preparation of photosensitive coloring compositions 1 to 13> [Examples 1 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5] Using the pigment dispersions 1 to 7 prepared above, add each component so that the ratio of the solid content of each component in the total solid content becomes the compounding ratio in Table 2 or Table 3, and further add the content ratio of the total solid content in the ratio of Table 2 or Table 3. PGMEA was added so that it may become 19 mass %, and it stirred and dissolved, and the photosensitive coloring composition 1-13 was prepared. Each of the obtained photosensitive coloring compositions was used for evaluation by the following method.

[表2]    實施例 1 實施例 2 實施例 3 實施例 4 實施例 5 實施例 6 實施例 7 實施例 8 組合物1 組合物2 組合物3 組合物4 組合物5 組合物6 組合物7 組合物8 調配比率(質量份) 顏料分散液1 (固形物成分換算) 9.73 16.13 24.19                顏料分散液2 (固形物成分換算)                         顏料分散液3 (固形物成分換算)          8.00 9.00 6.66 8.00 6.50 顏料分散液4 (固形物成分換算)          1.84 0.92    0.92 2.99 顏料分散液5 (固形物成分換算)                3.07       顏料分散液6 (固形物成分換算)                   0.92    顏料分散液7 (固形物成分換算)                      0.45 鹼可溶性樹脂-II (固形物成分換算) 27.44 24.49 20.72 27.40 27.37 27.43 27.40 27.30 光聚合性單體 (固形物成分換算) 58.87 55.42 51.12 58.80 58.75 58.88 58.80 58.80 光聚合起始劑-I (固形物成分換算) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 光聚合起始劑-II (固形物成分換算) 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 巰基化合物 (固形物成分換算) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 界面活性劑 (固形物成分換算) 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 添加劑-I (固形物成分換算) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 添加劑-II (固形物成分換算) 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 著色劑含有比率 全部固形物成分中之著色劑含有比率(質量%) 6 10 15 6 6 6 6 6 全部著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率(質量%) 67 67 67 80 90 67 80 67 [Table 2] Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Example 8 Composition 1 Composition 2 Composition 3 Composition 4 Composition 5 Composition 6 Composition 7 Composition 8 Mixing ratio (mass parts) Pigment dispersion 1 (solid content conversion) 9.73 16.13 24.19 Pigment dispersion 2 (solid content conversion) Pigment dispersion 3 (solid content conversion) 8.00 9.00 6.66 8.00 6.50 Pigment dispersion 4 (solid content conversion) 1.84 0.92 0.92 2.99 Pigment dispersion 5 (solid content conversion) 3.07 Pigment dispersion 6 (solid content conversion) 0.92 Pigment dispersion 7 (solid content conversion) 0.45 Alkali-soluble resin-II (solid content conversion) 27.44 24.49 20.72 27.40 27.37 27.43 27.40 27.30 Photopolymerizable monomer (solid content conversion) 58.87 55.42 51.12 58.80 58.75 58.88 58.80 58.80 Photopolymerization initiator-I (solid content conversion) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 Photopolymerization initiator-II (solid content conversion) 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 Thiol compound (solid content conversion) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Surfactant (solid content conversion) 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 Additive-I (Solid content conversion) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Additive-II (Solid content conversion) 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 Colorant content ratio Colorant content ratio in total solid content (mass %) 6 10 15 6 6 6 6 6 Purple pigment content ratio among all colorants (mass %) 67 67 67 80 90 67 80 67

[表3]    比較例1 比較例2 比較例3 比較例4 比較例5 組合物9 組合物10 組合物11 組合物12 組合物13 調配比率(質量份) 顏料分散液1 (固形物成分換算)    38.93 1.62       顏料分散液2 (固形物成分換算) 9.20       1.53    顏料分散液3 (固形物成分換算)                顏料分散液4 (固形物成分換算)             9.20 顏料分散液5 (固形物成分換算)                顏料分散液6 (固形物成分換算)                顏料分散液7 (固形物成分換算)                鹼可溶性樹脂-II (固形物成分換算) 27.61 13.70 31.25 31.28 27.61 光聚合性單體 (固形物成分換算) 59.23 43.40 63.17 63.23 59.23 光聚合起始劑-I (固形物成分換算) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 光聚合起始劑-II (固形物成分換算) 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 巰基化合物 (固形物成分換算) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 界面活性劑 (固形物成分換算) 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 添加劑-I (固形物成分換算) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 添加劑-II (固形物成分換算) 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 著色劑含有比率 全部固形物成分中之著色劑含有比率(質量%) 6 24 1 1 6 全部著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率(質量%) 35 67 67 35 0 [table 3] Comparative example 1 Comparative example 2 Comparative example 3 Comparative example 4 Comparative example 5 Composition 9 Composition 10 Composition 11 Composition 12 Composition 13 Mixing ratio (mass parts) Pigment dispersion 1 (solid content conversion) 38.93 1.62 Pigment dispersion 2 (solid content conversion) 9.20 1.53 Pigment dispersion 3 (solid content conversion) Pigment dispersion 4 (solid content conversion) 9.20 Pigment dispersion 5 (solid content conversion) Pigment dispersion 6 (solid content conversion) Pigment dispersion 7 (solid content conversion) Alkali-soluble resin-II (solid content conversion) 27.61 13.70 31.25 31.28 27.61 Photopolymerizable monomer (solid content conversion) 59.23 43.40 63.17 63.23 59.23 Photopolymerization initiator-I (solid content conversion) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 Photopolymerization initiator-II (solid content conversion) 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 Thiol compound (solid content conversion) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Surfactant (solid content conversion) 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 Additive-I (Solid content conversion) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Additive-II (Solid content conversion) 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 Colorant content ratio Colorant content ratio in total solid content (mass %) 6 twenty four 1 1 6 Purple pigment content ratio among all colorants (mass %) 35 67 67 35 0

<每單位膜厚之光學密度(單元OD值)之測定> 利用旋轉塗佈機將感光性著色組合物以加熱硬化後之膜厚成為1.5 μm之方式塗佈於玻璃基板上,進行1分鐘減壓乾燥後,利用加熱板於90℃下乾燥100秒鐘。對於所獲得之塗膜,不使用遮罩,使用365 nm下之強度為40 mW/cm2 之紫外線並以曝光量成為60 mJ/cm2 之方式實施整面曝光處理。 繼而,使用包含含有0.05質量%之氫氧化鉀與0.08質量%之非離子性界面活性劑(花王公司製造之「A-60」)之水溶液的顯影液,於25℃下實施水壓0.15 MPa之噴淋顯影100秒鐘後,利用純水停止顯影,並利用水洗噴霧進行洗淨。藉由使該基板於烘箱中於230℃下加熱硬化20分鐘,而獲得抗蝕劑硬化膜基板。<Measurement of optical density per unit film thickness (unit OD value)> The photosensitive coloring composition was coated on a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the film thickness after heat-hardening became 1.5 μm, and the film was reduced for 1 minute. After pressure drying, it was dried at 90° C. for 100 seconds using a hot plate. The obtained coating film was exposed to the entire surface using ultraviolet light with an intensity of 40 mW/cm 2 at 365 nm and an exposure dose of 60 mJ/cm 2 without using a mask. Next, using a developer containing an aqueous solution containing 0.05 mass % potassium hydroxide and 0.08 mass % nonionic surfactant ("A-60" manufactured by Kao Corporation), a water pressure of 0.15 MPa was implemented at 25°C. After spray development for 100 seconds, use pure water to stop development, and use water spray to wash. This substrate was heated and hardened in an oven at 230° C. for 20 minutes, thereby obtaining a resist cured film substrate.

藉由透過濃度計X-Rite公司製造之361T(V)測定所獲得之抗蝕劑硬化膜基板之光學密度(OD),並利用Hitachi High-Technologies公司製造之掃描式白色干涉顯微鏡VS1530測定膜厚。根據光學密度(OD)及膜厚,算出每單位膜厚之光學密度(單位OD值、OD/μm)並示於表4。再者,OD值係表示遮光能力之數值,數值越大則表示遮光性越高。The optical density (OD) of the obtained resist cured film substrate was measured with a transmission density meter 361T(V) manufactured by X-Rite Corporation, and the film thickness was measured using a scanning white interference microscope VS1530 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation. . Based on the optical density (OD) and film thickness, the optical density per unit film thickness (unit OD value, OD/μm) was calculated and shown in Table 4. Furthermore, the OD value represents the light-shielding ability. The larger the value, the higher the light-shielding ability.

<粗糙度之評價> 將曝光量設為10 mJ/cm2 ,除此以外,以與上述抗蝕劑硬化膜基板同樣之方式獲得粗糙度評價用基板。 利用Hitachi High-Technologies公司製造之掃描式白色干涉顯微鏡VS1530測定所獲得之基板之10 μm×10 μm之範圍之表面的算術平均表面粗糙度(Sa),並藉由以下之基準進行粗糙度之評價。將測定結果與評價結果示於表4。再者,測定模式係設為Focus模式,物鏡之倍率係設為50倍,測定光之中心波長係設為520 nm。 Sa係表面形狀曲面與平均面所包圍之部分之體積除以測定面積所得者,數值越小則表示平滑性越高。<Evaluation of Roughness> A substrate for roughness evaluation was obtained in the same manner as the above-mentioned resist cured film substrate except that the exposure amount was 10 mJ/cm 2 . The arithmetic average surface roughness (Sa) of the surface of the obtained substrate in the range of 10 μm × 10 μm was measured using a scanning white interference microscope VS1530 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies, and the roughness was evaluated according to the following standards. . The measurement results and evaluation results are shown in Table 4. Furthermore, the measurement mode is set to Focus mode, the magnification of the objective lens is set to 50 times, and the central wavelength of the measurement light is set to 520 nm. Sa is the volume of the part surrounded by the surface shape curved surface and the average surface divided by the measured area. The smaller the value, the higher the smoothness.

(粗糙度之評價基準) A:2 nm以下 B:超過2 nm(Evaluation criteria for roughness) A: Below 2 nm B: More than 2 nm

<彈性回覆率之評價> 使用於表面形成有ITO膜之玻璃基板作為基板,使用曝光時具有20 μm開口(直徑20 μm之圓形開口)之遮罩,且曝光間隙設為150 μm,除此以外,以與上述抗蝕劑硬化膜基板同樣之方式獲得著色間隔物。 以如下之順序測定所獲得之著色間隔物之彈性回覆率。使用Fischerscope H-100(Fischer Instruments公司製造),使用測定溫度23℃、直徑50 μm之平面壓頭,以一定速度(5 mN/sec)對著色間隔物施加荷重,於荷重達到300 mN時保持5秒鐘,繼而以相同速度進行卸載,而獲得荷重-位移曲線。根據該荷重-位移曲線,測定最大位移H[max]、最終位移H[Last](荷重成為0 mN並保持5秒鐘後之位移)。繼而,藉由下述式算出彈性回覆率,並藉由以下之基準進行評價。將其結果示於表4。<Evaluation of elastic response rate> A glass substrate with an ITO film formed on the surface is used as the substrate, a mask with a 20 μm opening (a circular opening with a diameter of 20 μm) is used during exposure, and the exposure gap is set to 150 μm. In addition, in order to be consistent with the above resist The colored spacers are obtained in the same manner as the cured film substrate. The elastic recovery rate of the obtained colored spacer was measured in the following procedure. Use Fischerscope H-100 (manufactured by Fischer Instruments), use a flat indenter with a measuring temperature of 23°C and a diameter of 50 μm to apply a load to the colored spacer at a certain speed (5 mN/sec), and maintain 5 when the load reaches 300 mN. seconds, and then unload at the same speed to obtain the load-displacement curve. Based on this load-displacement curve, the maximum displacement H [max] and the final displacement H [Last] (the displacement after the load reaches 0 mN and is maintained for 5 seconds) are measured. Next, the elastic recovery rate was calculated based on the following equation, and evaluated based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 4.

彈性回覆率(%)={(最大位移H[max]-最終位移H[Last])/最大位移H[max]}×100Elastic recovery rate (%) = {(maximum displacement H[max]-final displacement H[Last])/maximum displacement H[max]}×100

(彈性回覆率之評價基準) A:95%以上 B:未達95%(Evaluation basis for elastic response rate) A: More than 95% B: Less than 95%

[表4]    實施例 1 實施例 2 實施例 3 實施例 4 實施例 5 實施例 6 實施例 7 實施例 8 比較例 1 比較例 2 比較例 3 比較例 4 著色劑含有比率 全部固形物成分中之著色劑含有比率 (質量%) 6 10 15 6 6 6 6 6 6 24 1 1 全部著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率 (質量%) 67 67 67 80 90 67 80 67 35 67 67 35 評價結果 光學密度OD (/μm) 0.26 0.36 0.49 0.27 0.31 0.23 0.29 0.24 0.26 0.62 0.07 0.07 粗糙度(nm) 0.8 (A) 0.8 (A) 0.8 (A) 0.7 (A) 0.7 (A) 0.9 (A) 1.0 (A) 1.1 (A) 3.5 (B) 0.9 (A) 0.8 (A) 1.1 (A) 彈性回覆率(%) 100 (A) 100 (A) 97 (A) 100 (A) 100 (A) 100 (A) 100 (A) 100 (A) 100 (A) 78 (B) 100 (A) 100 (A) [Table 4] Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Example 8 Comparative example 1 Comparative example 2 Comparative example 3 Comparative example 4 Colorant content ratio Colorant content ratio in total solid content (mass %) 6 10 15 6 6 6 6 6 6 twenty four 1 1 Purple pigment content ratio among all colorants (mass %) 67 67 67 80 90 67 80 67 35 67 67 35 Evaluation results Optical density OD (/μm) 0.26 0.36 0.49 0.27 0.31 0.23 0.29 0.24 0.26 0.62 0.07 0.07 Roughness(nm) 0.8(A) 0.8(A) 0.8(A) 0.7(A) 0.7(A) 0.9(A) 1.0(A) 1.1 (A) 3.5(B) 0.9(A) 0.8(A) 1.1 (A) Flexible response rate (%) 100(A) 100(A) 97(A) 100(A) 100(A) 100(A) 100(A) 100(A) 100(A) 78(B) 100(A) 100(A)

<耐光性之評價> 以與上述抗蝕劑硬化膜基板同樣之方式獲得耐光性評價用基板。 使用Hitachi High-Technologies公司製造之分光光度計U-3500,對所獲得之基板於波長450 nm下之吸光度進行測定。 其次,將上述基板於氣溫25℃、相對濕度50%RH之環境下,自膜面側照射波長450 nm下之強度為19 mW/cm2 之光500小時。同樣地對該基板於波長450 nm下之吸光度進行測定。藉由下述式算出波長450 nm之吸光度之變化率,並藉由以下之基準進行評價,將結果示於表5。<Evaluation of light resistance> A substrate for light resistance evaluation was obtained in the same manner as the above-mentioned resist cured film substrate. The absorbance of the obtained substrate at a wavelength of 450 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer U-3500 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies. Secondly, the above-mentioned substrate was irradiated from the film surface side with an intensity of 19 mW/cm 2 at a wavelength of 450 nm for 500 hours in an environment with an air temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity of 50% RH. Similarly, the absorbance of the substrate at a wavelength of 450 nm was measured. The change rate of absorbance at a wavelength of 450 nm was calculated according to the following formula, and evaluated based on the following standards. The results are shown in Table 5.

吸光度之變化率(%)={(照射前之450 nm之吸光度-照射後之450 nm之吸光度)/照射前之450 nm之吸光度}×100Absorbance change rate (%) = {(Absorbance at 450 nm before irradiation - Absorbance at 450 nm after irradiation)/Absorbance at 450 nm before irradiation} × 100

(評價基準) A:未達20% B:20%以上(evaluation criteria) A: Less than 20% B: More than 20%

[表5]    實施例1 實施例5 比較例5 吸光度之變化率(%) 12 (A) 10 (A) 36 (B) [table 5] Example 1 Example 5 Comparative example 5 Absorbance change rate (%) 12(A) 10(A) 36(B)

根據表4所示之實施例1~8明確可知,著色劑之含有比率於全部固形物成分中為2~20質量%,藉由使用包含紫色顏料,且著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率為50質量%以上之感光性著色組合物,可形成表面粗糙度及機械特性優異之著色間隔物。From Examples 1 to 8 shown in Table 4, it is clear that the content ratio of the colorant in the total solid content is 2 to 20% by mass. By using a purple pigment, the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant is More than 50% by mass of the photosensitive coloring composition can form a colored spacer with excellent surface roughness and mechanical properties.

根據實施例1與比較例1之比較可知,藉由將著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率設為50質量%以上,表面粗糙度優異。認為其原因在於,由於紫色顏料之分散性較高,均勻地分散於硬化膜中,故而藉由大量含有紫色顏料,顯影時之溶解性變得均勻。Comparison between Example 1 and Comparative Example 1 shows that by setting the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant to 50 mass % or more, the surface roughness is excellent. The reason is considered to be that the purple pigment has high dispersibility and is uniformly dispersed in the cured film. Therefore, by containing a large amount of the purple pigment, the solubility during development becomes uniform.

又,根據實施例1與比較例2之比較可知,若著色劑之含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中為20質量%以下,則機械特性變得良好。認為其原因在於,藉由不使著色劑之含有比率變得過高,可相對較高地設定鹼可溶性樹脂或乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比率,所獲得之著色間隔物之交聯密度增高。Moreover, from the comparison between Example 1 and Comparative Example 2, it can be seen that when the content ratio of the colorant is 20 mass % or less in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition, the mechanical properties become good. The reason for this is considered to be that by not making the content ratio of the colorant too high, the content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin or the ethylenically unsaturated compound can be set relatively high, and the crosslinking density of the obtained colored spacer increases.

再者,根據比較例3及4之比較可明確,於著色劑之含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中未達2質量%之情形時,光學密度不足,進而,無論著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率如何,表面粗糙度均變得良好。因此,可知,藉由將著色劑之含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中設為2質量%以上,光學密度變得良好,並且根據著色劑中之顏料之種類及比率存在表面粗糙度變得不足之情形。Furthermore, it is clear from the comparison between Comparative Examples 3 and 4 that when the content ratio of the colorant in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is less than 2% by mass, the optical density is insufficient, and further, regardless of the colorant Regardless of the purple pigment content ratio, the surface roughness becomes good. Therefore, it is understood that by setting the content ratio of the colorant to 2 mass % or more in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition, the optical density becomes good, and it is understood that the surface exists depending on the type and ratio of the pigment in the colorant. A situation in which the roughness becomes insufficient.

根據表5所示之實施例1及5與比較例5之比較可知,藉由將著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率設為50質量%以上,耐光性優異。認為其原因在於,紫色顏料之波長450 nm附近之吸光度較低,藉由大量含有紫色顏料,不易受到對於波長450 nm之照射光之影響。Comparison between Examples 1 and 5 and Comparative Example 5 shown in Table 5 shows that by setting the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant to 50 mass % or more, the light resistance is excellent. The reason is thought to be that the absorbance of purple pigments near the wavelength of 450 nm is low, and containing a large amount of purple pigments makes them less susceptible to the influence of irradiation light with a wavelength of 450 nm.

Claims (10)

一種感光性著色組合物,其特徵在於:其係含有(a)著色劑、(b)鹼可溶性樹脂、(c)光聚合起始劑、及(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物者,且上述(a)著色劑之含有比率於感光性著色組合物之全部固形物成分中為2~20質量%,上述(a)著色劑包含紫色顏料,且上述(a)著色劑中之C.I.顏料紫29之含有比率為50質量%以上。 A photosensitive coloring composition, characterized in that it contains (a) a colorant, (b) an alkali-soluble resin, (c) a photopolymerization initiator, and (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and the above ( a) The content ratio of the coloring agent is 2 to 20% by mass in the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition, the coloring agent (a) above includes a purple pigment, and the C.I. Pigment Violet 29 in the coloring agent (a) above is The content ratio is 50% by mass or more. 如請求項1之感光性著色組合物,其中上述(a)著色劑進而包含橙色顏料。 The photosensitive coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the colorant (a) further contains an orange pigment. 如請求項1之感光性著色組合物,其中上述(b)鹼可溶性樹脂相對於上述(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物100質量份之含有比率為150質量份以下。 The photosensitive coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the content ratio of the (b) alkali-soluble resin relative to 100 parts by mass of the (d) ethylenically unsaturated compound is 150 parts by mass or less. 如請求項2之感光性著色組合物,其中上述(b)鹼可溶性樹脂相對於上述(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物100質量份之含有比率為150質量份以下。 The photosensitive coloring composition of claim 2, wherein the content ratio of the (b) alkali-soluble resin to 100 parts by mass of the (d) ethylenically unsaturated compound is 150 parts by mass or less. 如請求項1至4中任一項之感光性著色組合物,其中上述(c)光聚合起始劑含有六芳基聯咪唑化合物。 The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the (c) photopolymerization initiator contains a hexaarylbiimidazole compound. 如請求項1至4中任一項之感光性著色組合物,其係形成著色間隔物用。 The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which is used to form a colored spacer. 如請求項5之感光性著色組合物,其係形成著色間隔物用。 The photosensitive coloring composition of claim 5 is used to form a colored spacer. 一種硬化物,其係使如請求項1至7中任一項之感光性著色組合物硬化而獲得。 A cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7. 一種著色間隔物,其係由如請求項8之硬化物所構成。 A colored spacer composed of the hardened material according to claim 8. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具備如請求項9之著色間隔物。 An image display device provided with the colored spacer according to claim 9.
TW108145974A 2018-12-18 2019-12-16 Photosensitive coloring composition, hardened material, coloring spacer, and image display device TWI829830B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018236121 2018-12-18
JP2018-236121 2018-12-18

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202035467A TW202035467A (en) 2020-10-01
TWI829830B true TWI829830B (en) 2024-01-21

Family

ID=71100446

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108145974A TWI829830B (en) 2018-12-18 2019-12-16 Photosensitive coloring composition, hardened material, coloring spacer, and image display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7375773B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20210105876A (en)
CN (1) CN113168094B (en)
TW (1) TWI829830B (en)
WO (1) WO2020129807A1 (en)

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201715305A (en) * 2015-09-29 2017-05-01 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive composition, cured film, infrared blocking filter, infrared transmitting filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, method for producing solid-state imaging element, and method for manufacturing infrared sensor

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08234212A (en) 1995-02-28 1996-09-13 Casio Comput Co Ltd Liquid crystal display element
JP4461681B2 (en) 2002-01-29 2010-05-12 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP3912405B2 (en) 2003-11-11 2007-05-09 三菱化学株式会社 Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2011215186A (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-27 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Violet pigment dispersion liquid for color filter, blue photosensitive resin composition for color filter and method for producing the composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP6036708B2 (en) 2012-01-31 2016-11-30 三菱化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, black photo spacer, and color filter
JP2015038607A (en) 2013-07-16 2015-02-26 三菱化学株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product, spacer, and image display device
WO2015046332A1 (en) 2013-09-25 2015-04-02 東京応化工業株式会社 Radiation sensitive composition and pattern forming method
JP2015143797A (en) * 2014-01-31 2015-08-06 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for organic el display, color filter, and organic el display
JP2018183878A (en) * 2015-09-24 2018-11-22 日立化成株式会社 Laminate, production method therefor, film set, and photosensitive conductive film
JP2018009132A (en) 2016-07-15 2018-01-18 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film and method for forming the same, and display element
JP2018025681A (en) * 2016-08-10 2018-02-15 Jsr株式会社 Color filter and display device
CN109923475B (en) * 2016-10-14 2022-12-02 三菱化学株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer and image display device
US11360386B2 (en) * 2016-12-22 2022-06-14 Toray Industries, Inc. Organic EL display device

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201715305A (en) * 2015-09-29 2017-05-01 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive composition, cured film, infrared blocking filter, infrared transmitting filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, method for producing solid-state imaging element, and method for manufacturing infrared sensor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113168094B (en) 2024-06-11
JP7375773B2 (en) 2023-11-08
TW202035467A (en) 2020-10-01
CN113168094A (en) 2021-07-23
WO2020129807A1 (en) 2020-06-25
KR20210105876A (en) 2021-08-27
JPWO2020129807A1 (en) 2021-10-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7485147B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP6268508B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
TWI759427B (en) Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
TWI794156B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacer, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
TW201818152A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and image display device
JP2016177190A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacer, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP2022078139A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured material, coloring spacer, image display device
JP7183593B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
TWI829830B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, hardened material, coloring spacer, and image display device
JP7351221B2 (en) Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP7302262B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, and image display device
JP7230559B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP2019144407A (en) Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer and image display device